{"title":"Display Refrigeration","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"polar-g-series-double-door-upright-back-bar-cooler-hinged-pas-ck477-a","title":"Polar G-Series Double Door Upright Back Bar Cooler Hinged • PAS-CK477-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003eHinged Double Door\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer warranty: 2 Years\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eKeep your best sellers chilled, ready and perfectly merchandised with this high capacity and efficient Polar G-Series upright back bar cooler. With strong construction throughout and handy internal lighting, the Polar makes it easy to maximise sales of bottled drinks. The integrated digital controls and auto defrost function ensure easy operation and maintenance. Includes lockable doors for added security.Polar G-Series bar display refrigeration is designed for everyday professional use in demanding environments. With hard-wearing components and strong commercial construction, choose G-Series if you expect to be accessing the unit frequently. Please note: Climate Class 4 refrigeration is rated for operation in ambient temperatures ranging from 16°C to 30°C. However, this product has been tested and approved for use within a wider room temperature range of 10°C to 32°C.Not suitable for use in outdoor \u0026amp; mobile environments including catering vehicles. Due to the size of this item, an additional delivery charge may apply - please check our delivery page for more information.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal Energy Consumption: 4.379\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStar Rating: 7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth of shelf\/drawer (GN sizing): 337\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy Efficiency Index: 26.0172048470409\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eN-Standard: ISO 23953\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight Capacity of Shelf\/Drawer: 11\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterior display light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble glazed door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLockable doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for use in outdoor \u0026amp; mobile environments including catering vehicles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDue to the size of this item, an additional delivery charge may apply - please check our delivery page for more information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 490Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1880(H) x 920(W) x 514(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - internal: 1437(H) x 855(W) x 424(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - insulation: 32.5mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Type: 201W | 2.2A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R134a\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 125kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: 2 Years\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Capacity: 490\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Type: Hinged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Finish: Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Function: Bar Fridge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel Type: Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 490\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 1880\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Stainless Steel \u0026amp; Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Bar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 920\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooling: Fan Assist \u0026amp; Static\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight Source: LED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 8\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Reviews: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: G Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 201W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2 °C to 8 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 514\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51071799361847,"sku":"PAS-CK477-A","price":3484.66,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/ck477.jpg?v=1777494710"},{"product_id":"polar-g-series-upright-back-bar-cooler-double-sliding-doors-pas-ck478-a","title":"Polar G-Series Upright Back Bar Cooler With Double Sliding Doors 490Ltr • PAS-CK478-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003e201W | Capacity: 490Ltr | R600a\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer warranty: 2 Years\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eThe Polar G-Series double door back bar cooler is a stylish and attractive merchandising solution for any bar, club or pub. With double sliding doors, the fridge is ideal for back bar areas with limited space. Digital controls make operation simple, whilst the strong stainless steel design ensures stability and easy cleaning. Includes eight adjustable shelves to maximise storage flexibility.Polar G-Series bar display refrigeration is designed for everyday professional use in demanding environments. With hard-wearing components and strong commercial construction, choose G-Series if you expect to be accessing the unit frequently. Please note: Climate Class 4 refrigeration is rated for operation in ambient temperatures ranging from 16°C to 30°C. However, this product has been tested and approved for use within a wider room temperature range of 10°C to 32°C.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal Energy Consumption: 4.836\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStar Rating: 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth of shelf\/drawer (GN sizing): 352\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy Efficiency Index: 28.9058767319637\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eN-Standard: ISO 23953\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight Capacity of Shelf\/Drawer: 11\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterior display light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble glazed door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLockable doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for use in outdoor \u0026amp; mobile environments including catering vehicles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDue to the size of this item, an additional delivery charge may apply - please check our delivery page for more information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 490Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1880(H) x 920(W) x 514(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - internal: 1437(H) x 855(W) x 424(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - insulation: 32.5mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Type: 201W | 2.2A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 125kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: 2 Years\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Capacity: 490\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Type: Sliding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Finish: Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Function: Bar Fridge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel Type: Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 490\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 1880\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Stainless Steel \u0026amp; Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Bar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 920\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooling: Fan Assist \u0026amp; Static\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight Source: LED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 8\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Reviews: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: G Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 201W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2 °C to 8 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 514\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51071801950519,"sku":"PAS-CK478-A","price":3484.66,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/ck478_1polar.jpg?v=1777501462"},{"product_id":"polar-3-door-premium-bar-fridge-pas-ck491-a","title":"Polar 3 Door Premium Bar Fridge • PAS-CK491-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003e265W | Width: 2005mm | R290\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer warranty: 2 Years\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eThis Polar U-Series drinks fridge will make the most of the space in your bar area while showcasing your bottles or cans. Rounded internal corners and a durable stainless steel construction ensures easy cleaning, while heavy duty castor wheels enable the unit to be positioned easily.Perfect for busy bars and pubs, the fridge includes a 50mm splashback and a handy drawer which keeps your most-used cutlery and utensils within easy reach when using the top of the fridge as a work surface. The unit is designed to run in ambient temperatures of up to 38°C, and must be placed 20cm from the wall for the ventilation system to work properly. It should not be placed directly next to a heat source. Polar U-Series is the pinnacle of the Polar bar display refrigeration range, designed to reliably store your most valuable produce at the perfect serving temperature. Built to the highest commercial specifications, these units combine powerful forced air cooling and stylish designs to maximise sales. If you expect to access the unit very frequently, Polar U-Series refrigeration reliably keeps a consistently cool temperature. This item should not be used for medical storage. Please refer to our catalogue for medical fridge\/freezers.Please note: Climate Class 4 refrigeration is rated for operation in ambient temperatures ranging from 16°C to 30°C. However, this product has been tested and approved for use within a wider room temperature range of 10°C to 38°C.No technician is required to set up this machine, allowing you to use it almost instantly from delivery.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth of shelf\/drawer (GN sizing): 447\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop can double up as a handy work surface with a 1030mm working height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandy drawer for keeping utensils and other small items within easy reach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e50mm splashback protects walls and stops worktop items falling down behind\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully automatic defrost function to ensure long-lasting reliability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for use in ambient temperatures up to 38°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight Capacity of Shelf\/Drawer: 13\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNoise Level (Decibels): 50\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGems Rating: 9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlug Type: 1x 10amp Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for use in outdoor \u0026amp; mobile environments including catering vehicles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDue to the size of this item, an additional delivery charge may apply - please check our delivery page for more information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 543Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1080(H) x 2005(W) x 600(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - internal: 724(H) x 1429(W) x 480(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Type: 265W | 1.95A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R134a\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 6°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 150kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - Packed: 1060(H) x 2050(W) x 630(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: 2 Years\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Capacity: 543\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Type: Hinged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Finish: Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Function: Bar Fridge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel Type: Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 543\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatured Product: Special Offers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 1080\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Bar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 2005\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooling: Ventilated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Reviews: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: U Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2 °C to 6 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 600\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 265W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51071816859959,"sku":"PAS-CK491-A","price":3470.58,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/ck491_1.jpg?v=1777505859"},{"product_id":"polar-4-door-premium-bar-fridge-pas-ck492-a","title":"Polar 4 Door Premium Bar Fridge • PAS-CK492-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003e265W | Width: 2505mm | R290\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer warranty: 2 Years\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eFrom the premium Polar U-Series range, this four-door stainless steel counter display fridge with 50mm splashback and cutlery drawer is ideal for the busiest bars and pubs. Incredibly versatile and reliable, the bar fridge is the perfect large capacity drinks merchandiser - with stainless steel construction throughout and rounded internal corners, it's both easy to clean and impressively durable.Maintain a distance of 20cm between the unit and walls or other objects for the ventilation system to perform effectively. Increase this distance if the obstacle is a heat source.Polar U-Series is the pinnacle of the Polar bar display refrigeration range, designed to reliably store your most valuable produce at the perfect serving temperature. Built to the highest commercial specifications, these units combine powerful forced air cooling and stylish designs to maximise sales. If you expect to access the unit very frequently, Polar U-Series refrigeration reliably keeps a consistently cool temperature. This item should not be used for medical storage. Please refer to our catalogue for medical fridge\/freezers.Please note: Climate Class 4 refrigeration is rated for operation in ambient temperatures ranging from 16°C to 30°C. However, this product has been tested and approved for use within a wider room temperature range of 10°C to 38°C.No technician is required to set up this machine, allowing you to use it almost instantly from delivery.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlug Type: 1x 10amp Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal Energy Consumption: 4.716\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStar Rating: 7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth of shelf\/drawer (GN sizing): 447\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy Efficiency Index: 24.9366018596788\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eN-Standard: ISO 23953\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight Capacity of Shelf\/Drawer: 13\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNoise Level (Decibels): 50\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGems Rating: 7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal Dis Area: 1.08\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for use in outdoor \u0026amp; mobile environments including catering vehicles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDue to the size of this item, an additional delivery charge may apply - please check our delivery page for more information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 720Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1080(H) x 2505(W) x 600(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - internal: 724(H) x 1929(W) x 480(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Type: 265W | 1.95A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R134a\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 6°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 180kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - Packed: 1060(H) x 2550(W) x 630(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: 2 Years\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Capacity: 720\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Type: Hinged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Finish: Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Function: Bar Fridge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel Type: Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 720\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatured Product: Special Offers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 1080\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Bar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 2505\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooling: Ventilated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Reviews: 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: U Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2 °C to 6 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 600\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 265W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51071826329911,"sku":"PAS-CK492-A","price":3976.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/ck492_1.jpg?v=1777492550"},{"product_id":"polar-u-series-double-door-back-bar-display-cooler-pas-cs102-a","title":"Polar U-Series Double Door Back Bar Display Cooler • PAS-CS102-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003e320W. Sliding doors. R600a\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eChill, store and serve drinks from the Polar U-Series under counter display fridge. Built with a powerful forced air cooling system, the fridge provides effective and reliable cooling to ensure the contents are kept at precise temperatures - perfect for keeping your guests refreshed.The Polar offers a generous internal capacity and can house up to 144 x 330ml bottles, making it a great choice for minimising restocking during busy services. The Polar is fitted with an easy-to-use digital display and controls that allow you to quickly alter and monitor temperatures at the touch of a button. The two sliding glass doors not only allow for quick access to the drinks your guests want, but also help to save space and improve safety behind your bar. With a black exterior and durable and easy-to-clean construction, this fridge is ideal for use in any busy bar, cafe or pub.Polar U-Series is the pinnacle of the Polar bar display refrigeration range, designed to reliably store your most valuable produce at the perfect serving temperature. Built to the highest commercial specifications, these units combine powerful forced air cooling and stylish designs to maximise sales.Please note: Climate Class 4 refrigeration is rated for operation in ambient temperatures ranging from 16°C to 30°C. However, this product has been tested and approved for use within a wider room temperature range of 10°C to 32°C.Not suitable for use in outdoor \u0026amp; mobile environments including catering vehicles. Due to the size of this item, an additional delivery charge may apply - please check our delivery page for more information.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e350ltr capacity - space for up to 144 standard 330ml bottles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy auto defrost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntuitive digital control panel with always-on display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy saving LED internal lighting highlights contents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant R600a\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note: if the condenser coil is not cleaned at least 4 times a year, the efficiency of the appliance will decrease significantly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight Capacity of Shelf\/Drawer: 12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn order to reduce food waste from decomposition or dehydration, this appliance should be operated in its designated operating range. Optimum temperature for food storage: 6°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor handles, door hinges, knobs, dials and buttons, door gaskets , peripheral trays, baskets and racks for storage, as appropriate for the appliance, will be made available to both end users and professional users for a minimum of eight years after the last unit of the model is placed on the market. A broader selection of parts will also be made available to professional users for this period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong, easy-clean painted steel construction with glass doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowerful forced air cooling system helps retain internal temperature, even when doors are opened often\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 adjustable shelves helps to maximise storage flexibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 350Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 860(H) x 1462(W) x 513(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Steel \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Type: 320\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 100kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 350\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatured Product: Special Offers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Beer Fridges\u003cmultisep\u003e\u003c\/multisep\u003eBar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51073377632567,"sku":"PAS-CS102-A","price":1974.58,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/cs102_gbc2100sdleftbottle.jpg?v=1777481934"},{"product_id":"polar-u-series-four-door-back-bar-display-cooler-pas-cs103-a","title":"Polar U-Series Four Door Back Bar Display Cooler • PAS-CS103-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003e320W. Sliding doors. R600a\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eThe Polar U-Series display cooler is a must-have for busy bars, pubs and clubs. With powerful forced air cooling, it keeps drinks perfectly chilled even with frequent door openings during service. The user-friendly digital temperature controls and display puts you in full command, ensuring your beverages are stored at the perfect serving temperature.Ideal for back bar areas, the Polar U-Series display cooler had a stylish stainless steel construction with sliding glass doors. It can hold up to 288 x 330ml bottles across eight adjustable shelves, reducing the need for frequent replenishment during service. LED internal lighting not only maximises product visibility but also aids easy access, allowing you to locate and retrieve drinks with ease.Installing the Polar U-Series display cooler is a breeze with sturdy adjustable feet allowing for easy positioning and stability. The automatic defrost function optimises efficiency and cooling performance, keeping maintenance hassle free. Additionally, the sliding doors are great for space-limited environments, offering easier access without compromising on convenience.The Polar U-Series display cooler is built to commercial specifications, ensuring durability and longevity. Furthermore, Polar guarantees availability of door handles, door hinges, knobs, dials and buttons, door gaskets, peripheral trays, baskets and racks for storage for a minimum of eight years after the last unit of the model is placed on the market. A broader selection of parts will also be made available to professional users for this period.Please note: Climate Class 4 refrigeration is rated for operation in ambient temperatures ranging from 16°C to 30°C. However, this product has been tested and approved for use within a wider room temperature range of 10°C to 32°C.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo adjustable shelves per door - organise contents to maximise capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost optimises efficiency and cooling performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding doors - easier to access where space is limited\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccurate, user-friendly digital temperature controls and display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds up to 288 x 330ml bottles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED internal light helps maximise product visibility and aids access\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowerful forced air cooling ensures rapid temperature recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlug Type: 1x 10amp Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGems Rating: 7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStylish steel construction with sliding glass doors - ideal for busy back bar areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note: if the condenser coil is not cleaned at least 4 times a year, the efficiency of the appliance will decrease significantly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFitted with sturdy adjustable feet for easy installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 698Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 860(H) x 2542(W) x 513(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Steel \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Type: 320\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 154kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 698\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatured Product: Special Offers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Beer Fridges\u003cmultisep\u003e\u003c\/multisep\u003eBar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 513\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51073387331895,"sku":"PAS-CS103-A","price":3321.05,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/cs103_gbc4100sdleftbottle_77caab84-3a97-42e6-a131-ddb7519825b0.jpg?v=1777501073"},{"product_id":"polar-g-series-top-loading-bottle-well-935mm-pas-ct330-a","title":"Polar G-Series Top Loading Bottle Well 935mm • PAS-CT330-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003e160W. Capacity: 279 litres\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eImprove the speed and efficiency of your service with the Polar G-Series top loading bottle well. Fitted with a premium forced air cooling system, chilling performance is optimised, keeping the contents at the perfect serving temperature - even during the busiest services.With its generous 279 litre capacity, the Polar is able to store and chill hundreds of bottles and cans, ensuring you always have enough stock ready to go, whilst reducing the need for mid-service re-stocks. And thanks to the advanced 40mm insulation, energy use is minimised, helping to reduce running costs too.For further convenience the Polar Bottle Well also includes a front-mounted integrated bottle opener with lid catcher, which gives you a quick and easy solution for quickly serving guests.Polar G-Series bar display refrigeration is designed for everyday professional use in demanding environments. With hard-wearing components and strong commercial construction, choose G-Series if you expect to be accessing the unit frequently. Suitable for perishable \u0026amp; non-perishable food items.Please note: Climate Class 4 refrigeration is rated for operation in ambient temperatures ranging from 16°C to 30°C. However, this product has been tested and approved for use within a wider room temperature range of 10°C to 32°C.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge 279ltr capacity - reduce the need for mid-service restocking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccurate, user-friendly digital temperature controls and display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40mm insulation improves energy efficiency and reduces running costs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-access bottle opener with integrated lid catcher\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLockable for improved security\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong stainless steel lid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied on wheels for easy positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied on wheels for easy positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean construction - steel exterior with embossed aluminium interior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowerful fan assisted cooling keeps contents cool during demanding hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost maximises efficiency and cooling performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowerful fan assisted cooling keeps contents cool during demanding hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 279Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 928(H) x 935(W) x 705(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Painted Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R600a \/ GWP 3 \/ 55g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 52.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 279\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatured Product: Clearance\u003cmultisep\u003e\u003c\/multisep\u003eSpecial Offers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Bar Fridges\u003cmultisep\u003e\u003c\/multisep\u003eBottle Wells\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51073854538039,"sku":"PAS-CT330-A","price":2006.26,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/ct330_hcb935left.jpg?v=1777493813"},{"product_id":"polar-g-series-top-loading-bottle-well-1255mm-pas-ct331-a","title":"Polar G-Series Top Loading Bottle Well 1255mm • PAS-CT331-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003e250W. Capacity: 417 litres\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eSpeed up your service whilst reducing running costs with the premium Polar G-Series top loading bottle cooler. Designed to effectively keep huge numbers of bottles and cans perfectly chilled and ready to serve, the Polar uses a powerful forced air cooling system to ensure the contents are kept cool, even during your busiest service times. The generous 417 litre capacity is truly impressive, giving you more than enough space so you won't have to re-stock during a shift.Operation and maintenance are simplified, as the whole unit is designed to be easy to clean. Front-mounted digital controls provide a constant feedback on the internal temperature too, so you'll always know if the contents are chilled. As a handy extra, the integrated bottle opener and lid catcher reduces the likelihood of bottle tops being dropped on the floor, helping to prevent potential workplace accidents.Polar G-Series bar display refrigeration is designed for everyday professional use in demanding environments. With hard-wearing components and strong commercial construction, choose G-Series if you expect to be accessing the unit frequently. Suitable for perishable \u0026amp; non-perishable food items.Please note: Climate Class 4 refrigeration is rated for operation in ambient temperatures ranging from 16°C to 30°C. However, this product has been tested and approved for use within a wider room temperature range of 10°C to 32°C.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge 417ltr capacity - reduce the need for mid-service restocking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccurate, user-friendly digital temperature controls and display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40mm insulation improves energy efficiency and reduces running costs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-access bottle opener with integrated lid catcher\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLockable for improved security\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo strong stainless steel sliding lids and ledge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 bin dividers helps organise stock and improve service efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied on wheels for easy positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean construction - steel Exterior with embossed aluminium interior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowerful fan assisted cooling keeps contents cool during demanding hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost maximises efficiency and cooling performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowerful fan assisted cooling keeps contents cool during demanding hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 417Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 888(H) x 1255(W) x 687(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Painted Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Type: 250\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R600a \/ GWP 3 \/ 55g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 67kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 417\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatured Product: Clearance\u003cmultisep\u003e\u003c\/multisep\u003eSpecial Offers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Bar Fridges\u003cmultisep\u003e\u003c\/multisep\u003eBottle Wells\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51073863221559,"sku":"PAS-CT331-A","price":2252.66,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/ct331_upd24-2.jpg?v=1777577124"},{"product_id":"polar-g-series-top-loading-bottle-well-1634mm-pas-ct332-a","title":"Polar G-Series Top Loading Bottle Well 1634mm • PAS-CT332-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003e250W. Capacity: 577 litres\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003ePerfectly suited for any busy bar, club or pub, the Polar G-Series top loading bottle well offers rapid, reliable access to huge volumes of perfectly chilled bottled and canned drinks - perfect for keeping queues down.Built with an integral fan assisted cooling system, as well as a generous 40mm of insulation, the bottle well ensures the contents are kept at the perfect serving temperature, whilst reducing running costs and environmental impact.Everyday operation is simple too, as the whole unit is designed to be easy to clean, whilst the front-mounted digital controls provide a constant feedback on the internal temperature - you'll always know if the contents are chilled as required. And as a handy extra, the integrated bottle opener and lid catcher reduces the likelihood of bottle tops being dropped on the floor, helping to prevent potential workplace accidents.Polar G-Series bar display refrigeration is designed for everyday professional use in demanding environments. With hard-wearing components and strong commercial construction, choose G-Series if you expect to be accessing the unit frequently. Suitable for perishable \u0026amp; non-perishable food items.Please note: Climate Class 4 refrigeration is rated for operation in ambient temperatures ranging from 16°C to 30°C. However, this product has been tested and approved for use within a wider room temperature range of 10°C to 32°C.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge 577ltr capacity - reduce the need for mid-service restocking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccurate, user-friendly digital temperature controls and display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40mm insulation improves energy efficiency and reduces running costs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-access bottle opener with integrated lid catcher\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLockable for improved security\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo strong stainless steel sliding lids and ledge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 bin dividers helps organise stock and improve service efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied on wheels for easy positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean construction - steel Exterior with embossed aluminium interior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowerful fan assisted cooling keeps contents cool during demanding hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost maximises efficiency and cooling performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowerful fan assisted cooling keeps contents cool during demanding hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 577Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 888(H) x 1634(W) x 687(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Painted Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Type: 250\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R600a \/ GWP 3 \/ 55g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 78kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 577\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatured Product: Clearance\u003cmultisep\u003e\u003c\/multisep\u003eSpecial Offers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 888\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Painted Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Bar Fridges\u003cmultisep\u003e\u003c\/multisep\u003eBottle Wells\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 1634\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2 °C to 8 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy Rating: C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 687\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51073866629431,"sku":"PAS-CT332-A","price":2815.86,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/ct332_hcb1634left.jpg?v=1777492628"},{"product_id":"skope-backbar-2-glass-swing-door-fridge-bb-2-gsw-pas-fz803","title":"SKOPE BackBar Two Glass Swing Door Fridge BB.2.GSW 1266Ltr • PAS-FZ803","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003eR290. 650W. 1025(H) x 1485(W) x 590(D)mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eA glass door under-bar fridge designed to merchandise ready-to-serve cold beverages in bars, restaurants, clubs, pubs, and cafés. Engineered to serve cold drinks at 1°C to 4°C (or adjustable up to 15°C) in ambient environments of up to 40°C. The frameless glass doors provide maximum product viewing and are designed for condensation protection in most environments via the double-glazed, argon-filled low-e insulated panels and heated fascia. For high humidity tropical environments heated glass versions are available. The doors and cabinet are fitted with built-in retractable tabs to enable locking via padlock. The built-in LED lights provide optimum merchandising and can be dimmed or timed to turn on and off via a free smartphone app. This fridge has a black colourway allowing it to easily fit into any kitchen without looking out of place.The fridge uses R290 natural refrigerant for ultra-low energy consumption, low heat discharge and low noise output and can be provided in remote versions. The side-mounted fully removable refrigeration cartridge (with left and right options) is front-breathing and can be removed in line with best practice for safe servicing of flammable refrigerants. The fridge includes a controller that connects to a free app to enable the user to set temperatures and alerts, monitor temperatures and energy, and more.A technician is required to install this machine, and should only be installed by a trained professional.Please note: Any unit installed in a household environment is not covered under warranty. Please reach out to our team should you have any questions around this.Limited returns. Restocking fee will apply. See T\u0026amp;Cs for further information.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximise storage and display - fit 2 rows of Riesling bottles or three rows of lager bottles per door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-closing swing doors with built in locking tabs on every door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully front-breathing interchangeable modular cartridge for quicker, safer servicing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNB: A benchtop is not included with this model. The pictured product includes an optional benchtop, which can be priced and supplied separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel finish is available on request at an additional cost - Please call for pricing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGEMS Class: 3M1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGEMS Energy Consumption (kWh\/24h): 2.1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan withstand up to 40° in hot environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarket-leading dimmable LED full height strip lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdditional Delivery Fees May Apply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to 63% reduction in energy consumption\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLimited returns. Restocking fee will apply. See T\u0026amp;Cs for further information.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 410Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1028(H) x 1480(W) x 590(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Powder Coated Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R290 \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplier Model Number: BB.2.GSW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 1°C to 4°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 180kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 410\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 1028\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Powder Coated Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Bar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 1480\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 1 °C to 4 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 0.65KW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 590\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"SKOPE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51114131652919,"sku":"PAS-FZ803","price":8503.96,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/fz803_primary.jpg?v=1777531214"},{"product_id":"skope-backbar-3-glass-swing-door-fridge-bb-3-gsw-pas-fz804","title":"SKOPE BackBar Three Glass Swing Door Fridge BB.3.GSW 635Ltr • PAS-FZ804","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003eR290. 650W. 1025(H) x 2045(W) x 590(D)mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eA glass door under-bar fridge designed to merchandise ready-to-serve cold beverages in bars, restaurants, clubs, pubs, and cafés. Engineered to serve cold drinks at 0°C to 5°C (or adjustable up to 15°C) in ambient environments of up to 40°C. The `frameless' glass doors provide maximum product viewing and are designed for condensation protection in most environments via the double-glazed, argon-filled low-e insulated panels and heated fascia. For high humidity tropical environments heated-glass versions are available. The doors and cabinet are fitted with built-in retractable tabs to enable locking via padlock. The built-in LED lights provide optimum merchandising and can be dimmed or timed to turn on and off via a free smartphone app. This fridge has a black colourway allowing it to easily fit into any kitchen without looking out of place.The fridge uses R290 natural refrigerant for ultra-low energy consumption, low heat discharge and low noise output and can be provided in remote versions. The side-mounted fully removable refrigeration cartridge (with left and right options) is front-breathing and can be removed in line with best practice for safe servicing of flammable refrigerants. The fridge includes a controller that connects to a free app to enable the user to set temperatures and alerts, monitor temperatures and energy, and more.A technician is required to install this machine, and should only be installed by a trained professional.Please note: Any unit installed in a household environment is not covered under warranty. Please reach out to our team should you have any questions around this.Limited returns. Restocking fee will apply. See T\u0026amp;Cs for further information.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximise storage and display - fit 2 rows of Riesling bottles or three rows of lager bottles per door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-closing swing doors with built in locking tabs on every door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully front-breathing interchangeable modular cartridge for quicker, safer servicing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNB: A benchtop is not included with this model. The pictured product includes an optional benchtop, which can be priced and supplied separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel finish is available on request at an additional cost - Please call for pricing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdditional Delivery Fees May Apply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGEMS Energy Consumption (kWh\/24h): 2.81\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan withstand up to 40° in hot environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarket-leading dimmable LED full height strip lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuieter running with built-in hush mode\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to 63% reduction in energy consumption\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLimited returns. Restocking fee will apply. See T\u0026amp;Cs for further information.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 635 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1028(H) x 2040(W) x 590(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Powder Coated Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Type: 1x 10amp plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R290 \/ GWP 3 \/ 81g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplier Model Number: BB.3.GSW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 1°C to 4°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 220kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 635\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 1028\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Powder Coated Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Bar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 2040\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 590\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 0.65KW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 1 °C to 4 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"SKOPE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51114135748919,"sku":"PAS-FZ804","price":10279.13,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/fz804_primary.jpg?v=1777531209"},{"product_id":"skope-backbar-4-glass-swing-door-fridge-bb-4-gsw-pas-fz805","title":"SKOPE BackBar Four Glass Swing Door Fridge BB.4.GSW 860Ltr • PAS-FZ805","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003eR290. 650W. 1025(H) x 2605(W) x 590(D)mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eA glass door under-bar fridge designed to merchandise ready-to-serve cold beverages in bars, restaurants, clubs, pubs, and cafés. Engineered to serve cold drinks at 0°C to 5°C (or adjustable up to 15°C) in ambient environments of up to 40°C. Made from powder-coated, galvanised steel with colour options, it can also be upgraded to full stainless-steel construction. The `frameless' glass doors provide maximum product viewing and are designed for condensation protection in most environments via the double-glazed, argon-filled low-e insulated panels and heated fascia. For high humidity tropical environments heated-glass versions are available. The doors and cabinet are fitted with built-in retractable tabs to enable locking via padlock. The built-in LED lights provide optimum merchandising and can be dimmed or timed to turn on and off via a free smartphone app. This fridge has a black colourway allowing it to easily fit into any kitchen without looking out of place.The fridge uses R290 natural refrigerant for ultra-low energy consumption, low heat discharge and low noise output and can be provided in remote versions. The side-mounted fully removable refrigeration cartridge (with left and right options) is front-breathing and can be removed in line with best practice for safe servicing of flammable refrigerants. The fridge includes a controller that connects to a free app to enable the user to set temperatures and alerts, monitor temperatures and energy, and more.No technician is required to set up this machine, allowing you to use it almost instantly from delivery.Please note: Any unit installed in a household environment is not covered under warranty. Please reach out to our team should you have any questions around this.Limited returns. Restocking fee will apply. See T\u0026amp;Cs for further information.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximise storage and display - fit 2 rows of Riesling bottles or three rows of lager bottles per door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-closing swing doors with built in locking tabs on every door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully front-breathing interchangeable modular cartridge for quicker, safer servicing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNB: A benchtop is not included with this model. The pictured product includes an optional benchtop, which can be priced and supplied separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel finish is available on request at an additional cost - Please call for pricing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdditional Delivery Fees May Apply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGEMS Energy Consumption (kWh\/24h): 4.48\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan withstand up to 40° in hot environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarket-leading dimmable LED full height strip lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuieter running with built-in hush mode\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to 63% reduction in energy consumption\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLimited returns. Restocking fee will apply. See T\u0026amp;Cs for further information.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 860 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1028(H) x 2600(W) x 590(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Powder Coated Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Type: 1x 10amp plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R290 \/ GWP 3 \/ 81g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplier Model Number: BB.4.GSW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 1°C to 4°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 278kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 860\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 1028\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Powder Coated Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Bar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 2600\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 8\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 590\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 0.85KW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 1 °C to 4 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"SKOPE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51114157670711,"sku":"PAS-FZ805","price":12988.68,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/fz805_primary.jpg?v=1777531209"},{"product_id":"skope-backbar-2-glass-swing-door-slimline-fridge-sl-2-gsw-pas-fz806","title":"SKOPE BackBar Two Glass Swing Door SlimLine Fridge SL.2.GSW 290Ltr • PAS-FZ806","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003eR290. 650W. 830(H) x 1585(W) x 590(D)mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eA glass door under-counter bar fridge designed to merchandise ready-to-serve cold beverages in bars, restaurants, clubs, pubs, and cafés. Engineered to serve cold drinks at 1°C to 4°C (or adjustable up to 15°C) in ambient environments of up to 40°C. The `frameless' glass doors provide maximum product viewing and are designed for condensation protection in most environments via the double-glazed, argon-filled low-e insulated panels and heated fascia. For high humidity tropical environments heated glass versions are available. The doors and cabinet are fitted with built-in retractable tabs to enable locking via padlock. The built-in LED lights provide optimum merchandising and can be dimmed or timed to turn on and off via a free smartphone app. This fridge has a white colourway allowing it to easily fit into any kitchen without looking out of place.The fridge uses R290 natural refrigerant for ultra-low energy consumption, low heat discharge and low noise output and can be provided in Remote versions. The side-mounted fully removable refrigeration cartridge (with left and right options) is front-breathing and can be removed in line with best practice for safe servicing of flammable refrigerants. The fridge includes a controller that connects to a free app to enable the user to set temperatures and alerts, monitor temperatures and energy, and more.No technician is required to set up this machine, allowing you to use it almost instantly from delivery.Please note: Any unit installed in a household environment is not covered under warranty. Please reach out to our team should you have any questions around this.Limited returns. Restocking fee will apply. See T\u0026amp;Cs for further information.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximise storage and display - fit 2 rows of Riesling bottles or three rows of lager bottles per door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-closing swing doors with built in locking tabs on every door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully front-breathing interchangeable modular cartridge for quicker, safer servicing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNB: A benchtop is not included with this model. The pictured product includes an optional benchtop, which can be priced and supplied separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel finish is available on request at an additional cost - Please call for pricing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdditional Delivery Fees May Apply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGEMS Energy Consumption (kWh\/24h): 1.87\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan withstand up to 40° in hot environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarket-leading dimmable LED full height strip lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuieter running with built-in hush mode\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to 63% reduction in energy consumption\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLimited returns. Restocking fee will apply. See T\u0026amp;Cs for further information.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 290 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 833(H) x 1580(W) x 590(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Powder Coated Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Type: 1x 10amp plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R290 \/ GWP 3 \/ 81g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplier Model Number: SL.2.GSW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 1°C to 4°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 166kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 290\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 833\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Powder Coated Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Bar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 1580\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 590\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 0.65KW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 1 °C to 4 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"SKOPE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51114194239799,"sku":"PAS-FZ806","price":8983.58,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/fz806_primary.jpg?v=1777531238"},{"product_id":"skope-backbar-3-glass-swing-door-slimline-fridge-sl-3-gsw-pas-fz807","title":"SKOPE BackBar Three Glass Swing Door SlimLine Fridge SL.3.GSW 448Ltr • PAS-FZ807","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003eR290. 650W. 830(H) x 2195(W) x 590(D)mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eA glass door under-counter bar fridge designed to merchandise ready-to-serve cold beverages in bars, restaurants, clubs, pubs, and cafés. Engineered to serve cold drinks at 1°C to 4°C (or adjustable up to 15°C) in ambient environments of up to 40°C. The `frameless' glass doors provide maximum product viewing and are designed for condensation protection in most environments via the double-glazed, argon-filled low-e insulated panels and heated fascia. For high humidity tropical environments heated glass versions are available. The doors and cabinet are fitted with built-in retractable tabs to enable locking via padlock. The built-in LED lights provide optimum merchandising and can be dimmed or timed to turn on and off via a free smartphone app. This fridge has a white colourway allowing it to easily fit into any kitchen without looking out of place.The fridge uses R290 natural refrigerant for ultra-low energy consumption, low heat discharge and low noise output and can be provided in Remote versions. The side-mounted fully removable refrigeration cartridge (with left and right options) is front-breathing and can be removed in line with best practice for safe servicing of flammable refrigerants. The fridge includes a controller that connects to a free app to enable the user to set temperatures and alerts, monitor temperatures and energy, and more.No technician is required to set up this machine, allowing you to use it almost instantly from delivery.Please note: Any unit installed in a household environment is not covered under warranty. Please reach out to our team should you have any questions around this.Limited returns. Restocking fee will apply. See T\u0026amp;Cs for further information.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximise storage and display - fit 2 rows of Riesling bottles or three rows of lager bottles per door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-closing swing doors with built in locking tabs on every door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully front-breathing interchangeable modular cartridge for quicker, safer servicing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNB: A benchtop is not included with this model. The pictured product includes an optional benchtop, which can be priced and supplied separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel finish is available on request at an additional cost - Please call for pricing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdditional Delivery Fees May Apply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGEMS Energy Consumption (kWh\/24h): 2.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan withstand up to 40° in hot environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarket-leading dimmable LED full height strip lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuieter running with built-in hush mode\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to 63% reduction in energy consumption\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLimited returns. Restocking fee will apply. See T\u0026amp;Cs for further information.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 448 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 833(H) x 2190(W) x 590(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Powder Coated Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Type: 1x 10amp plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R290 \/ GWP 3 \/ 81g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplier Model Number: SL.3.GSW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 1°C to 4°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 207kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 448\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 833\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Powder Coated Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Bar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 2190\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 590\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 0.65KW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 1 °C to 4 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"SKOPE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51114210394423,"sku":"PAS-FZ807","price":11048.59,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/fz807_primary.jpg?v=1777531236"},{"product_id":"skope-backbar-4-glass-swing-door-slimline-fridge-sl-4-gsw-pas-fz808","title":"SKOPE BackBar Four Glass Swing Door SlimLine Fridge SL.4.GSW 606Ltr • PAS-FZ808","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003eR290. 650W. 830(H) x 2805(W) x 590(D)mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eA glass door under-counter bar fridge designed to merchandise ready-to-serve cold beverages in bars, restaurants, clubs, pubs, and cafés. Engineered to serve cold drinks at 1°C to 4°C (or adjustable up to 15°C) in ambient environments of up to 40°C. The `frameless' glass doors provide maximum product viewing and are designed for condensation protection in most environments via the double-glazed, argon-filled low-e insulated panels and heated fascia. For high humidity tropical environments heated glass versions are available. The doors and cabinet are fitted with built-in retractable tabs to enable locking via padlock. The built-in LED lights provide optimum merchandising and can be dimmed or timed to turn on and off via a free smartphone app. This fridge has a white colourway allowing it to easily fit into any kitchen without looking out of place.The fridge uses R290 natural refrigerant for ultra-low energy consumption, low heat discharge and low noise output and can be provided in Remote versions. The side-mounted fully removable refrigeration cartridge (with left and right options) is front-breathing and can be removed in line with best practice for safe servicing of flammable refrigerants. The fridge includes a controller that connects to a free app to enable the user to set temperatures and alerts, monitor temperatures and energy, and more.No technician is required to set up this machine, allowing you to use it almost instantly from delivery.Please note: Any unit installed in a household environment is not covered under warranty. Please reach out to our team should you have any questions around this.Limited returns. Restocking fee will apply. See T\u0026amp;Cs for further information.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximise storage and display - fit 2 rows of Riesling bottles or three rows of lager bottles per door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-closing swing doors with built in locking tabs on every door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully front-breathing interchangeable modular cartridge for quicker, safer servicing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNB: A benchtop is not included with this model. The pictured product includes an optional benchtop, which can be priced and supplied separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel finish is available on request at an additional cost - Please call for pricing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdditional Delivery Fees May Apply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGEMS Energy Consumption (kWh\/24h): 4.21\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan withstand up to 40° in hot environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarket-leading dimmable LED full height strip lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuieter running with built-in hush mode\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to 63% reduction in energy consumption\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLimited returns. Restocking fee will apply. See T\u0026amp;Cs for further information.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 606 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 833(H) x 2800(W) x 590(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Powder Coated Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Type: 1x 10amp plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R290 \/ GWP 3 \/ 81g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplier Model Number: SL.4.GSW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 1°C to 4°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 255kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 606\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 833\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Powder Coated Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Bar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 2800\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 8\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 590\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 0.85KW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 1 °C to 4 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"SKOPE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51114213474615,"sku":"PAS-FZ808","price":12988.68,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/fz808_primary_3f3d828b-b9a5-4345-b507-267d6c153fe2.jpg?v=1777531244"},{"product_id":"skope-backbar-2-glass-swing-door-counterline-fridge-cl-2-gsw-pas-fz809","title":"SKOPE BackBar Two Glass Swing Door CounterLine Fridge CL.2.GSW 345Ltr • PAS-FZ809","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003eR290. 650W. 830(H) x 1585(W) x 680(D)mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eA glass door under-counter bar fridge designed to merchandise ready-to-serve cold beverages in bars, restaurants, clubs, pubs, and cafés. Engineered to serve cold drinks at 1°C to 4°C (or adjustable up to 15°C) in ambient environments of up to 40°C. The `frameless' glass doors provide maximum product viewing and are designed for condensation protection in most environments via the double-glazed, argon-filled low-e insulated panels and heated fascia. For high humidity tropical environments heated glass versions are available. The doors and cabinet are fitted with built-in retractable tabs to enable locking via padlock. The built-in LED lights provide optimum merchandising and can be dimmed or timed to turn on and off via a free smartphone app. This fridge has a white colourway allowing it to easily fit into any kitchen without looking out of place.The fridge uses R290 natural refrigerant for ultra-low energy consumption, low heat discharge and low noise output and can be provided in Remote versions. The side-mounted fully removable refrigeration cartridge (with left and right options) is front-breathing and can be removed in line with best practice for safe servicing of flammable refrigerants. The fridge includes a controller that connects to a free app to enable the user to set temperatures and alerts, monitor temperatures and energy, and more.No technician is required to set up this machine, allowing you to use it almost instantly from delivery.Please note: Any unit installed in a household environment is not covered under warranty. Please reach out to our team should you have any questions around this.Limited returns. Restocking fee will apply. See T\u0026amp;Cs for further information.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximise storage and display - fit 2 rows of Riesling bottles or three rows of lager bottles per door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-closing swing doors with built in locking tabs on every door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully front-breathing interchangeable modular cartridge for quicker, safer servicing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNB: A benchtop is not included with this model. The pictured product includes an optional benchtop, which can be priced and supplied separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel finish is available on request at an additional cost - Please call for pricing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdditional Delivery Fees May Apply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGEMS Energy Consumption (kWh\/24h): 1.87\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan withstand up to 40° in hot environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimmable LED full height strip lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuieter running with built-in hush mode\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to 63% reduction in energy consumption\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLimited returns. Restocking fee will apply. See T\u0026amp;Cs for further information.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 345 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 833(H) x 1580(W) x 680(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Powder Coated Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Type: 1x 10amp plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R290 \/ GWP 3 \/ 81g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplier Model Number: CL.2.GSW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 1°C to 4°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 168kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 345\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 833\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Powder Coated Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Bar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 1580\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 680\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 0.65KW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 1 °C to 4 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"SKOPE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51114219471159,"sku":"PAS-FZ809","price":9207.22,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/fz809_primary.jpg?v=1777531263"},{"product_id":"skope-backbar-3-glass-swing-door-counterline-fridge-cl-3-gsw-pas-fz810","title":"SKOPE BackBar Three Glass Swing Door CounterLine Fridge CL.3.GSW 553Ltr • PAS-FZ810","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003eR290. 650W. 830(H) x 2195(W) x 680(D)mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eA glass door under-counter bar fridge designed to merchandise ready-to-serve cold beverages in bars, restaurants, clubs, pubs, and cafés. Engineered to serve cold drinks at 1°C to 4°C (or adjustable up to 15°C) in ambient environments of up to 40°C. The `frameless' glass doors provide maximum product viewing and are designed for condensation protection in most environments via the double-glazed, argon-filled low-e insulated panels and heated fascia. For high humidity tropical environments heated glass versions are available. The doors and cabinet are fitted with built-in retractable tabs to enable locking via padlock. The built-in LED lights provide optimum merchandising and can be dimmed or timed to turn on and off via a free smartphone app. This fridge has a white colourway allowing it to easily fit into any kitchen without looking out of place.The fridge uses R290 natural refrigerant for ultra-low energy consumption, low heat discharge and low noise output and can be provided in Remote versions. The side-mounted fully removable refrigeration cartridge (with left and right options) is front-breathing and can be removed in line with best practice for safe servicing of flammable refrigerants. The fridge includes a controller that connects to a free app to enable the user to set temperatures and alerts, monitor temperatures and energy, and more.No technician is required to set up this machine, allowing you to use it almost instantly from delivery.Please note: Any unit installed in a household environment is not covered under warranty. Please reach out to our team should you have any questions around this.Limited returns. Restocking fee will apply. See T\u0026amp;Cs for further information.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximise storage and display - fit 2 rows of Riesling bottles or three rows of lager bottles per door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-closing swing doors with built in locking tabs on every door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully front-breathing interchangeable modular cartridge for quicker, safer servicing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNB: A benchtop is not included with this model. The pictured product includes an optional benchtop, which can be priced and supplied separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel finish is available on request at an additional cost - Please call for pricing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdditional Delivery Fees May Apply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGEMS Energy Consumption (kWh\/24h): 2.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan withstand up to 40° in hot environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarket-leading dimmable LED full height strip lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to 63% reduction in energy consumption\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to 63% reduction in energy consumption\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLimited returns. Restocking fee will apply. See T\u0026amp;Cs for further information.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 533 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 833(H) x 2190(W) x 680(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Powder Coated Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Type: 1x 10amp plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R290 \/ GWP 3 \/ 81g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplier Model Number: CL.3.GSW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 1°C to 4°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 233kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 533\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 833\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Powder Coated Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Bar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 2190\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 680\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 0.65KW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 1 °C to 4 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"SKOPE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51114225271095,"sku":"PAS-FZ810","price":11430.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/fz810_primary_d7cc3f8d-4038-4c12-8ee5-53177e550ff6.jpg?v=1777531261"},{"product_id":"skope-backbar-4-glass-swing-door-counterline-fridge-cl-4-gsw-pas-fz811","title":"SKOPE BackBar Four Glass Swing Door CounterLine Fridge CL.4.GSW 721Ltr • PAS-FZ811","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003eR290. 650W. 830(H) x 2805(W) x 680(D)mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eA glass door under-counter bar fridge designed to merchandise ready-to-serve cold beverages in bars, restaurants, clubs, pubs, and cafés. Engineered to serve cold drinks at 1°C to 4°C (or adjustable up to 15°C) in ambient environments of up to 40°C. The `frameless' glass doors provide maximum product viewing and are designed for condensation protection in most environments via the double-glazed, argon-filled low-e insulated panels and heated fascia. For high humidity tropical environments heated glass versions are available. The doors and cabinet are fitted with built-in retractable tabs to enable locking via padlock. The built-in LED lights provide optimum merchandising and can be dimmed or timed to turn on and off via a free smartphone app. This fridge has a white colourway allowing it to easily fit into any kitchen without looking out of place.The fridge uses R290 natural refrigerant for ultra-low energy consumption, low heat discharge and low noise output and can be provided in Remote versions. The side-mounted fully removable refrigeration cartridge (with left and right options) is front-breathing and can be removed in line with best practice for safe servicing of flammable refrigerants. The fridge includes a controller that connects to a free app to enable the user to set temperatures and alerts, monitor temperatures and energy, and more.Please note: Any unit installed in a household environment is not covered under warranty. Please reach out to our team should you have any questions around this.Limited returns. Restocking fee will apply. See T\u0026amp;Cs for further information.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximise storage and display - fit 2 rows of Riesling bottles or three rows of lager bottles per door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-closing swing doors with built in locking tabs on every door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully front-breathing interchangeable modular cartridge for quicker, safer servicing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNB: A benchtop is not included with this model. The pictured product includes an optional benchtop, which can be priced and supplied separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel finish is available on request at an additional cost - Please call for pricing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGEMS Class: 3M1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGEMS Energy Consumption (kWh\/24h): 4.21\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan withstand up to 40° in hot environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarket-leading dimmable LED full height strip lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuieter running with built-in hush mode\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to 63% reduction in energy consumption\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLimited returns. Restocking fee will apply. See T\u0026amp;Cs for further information.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 721 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 833(H) x 2800(W) x 680(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Powder Coated Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R290 \/ GWP 3 \/ 81g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplier Model Number: CL.4.GSW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 1°C to 4°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 267kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 721\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 833\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Powder Coated Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Bar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 2800\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 8\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 1 °C to 4 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 0.85KW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 680\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"SKOPE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51114228777271,"sku":"PAS-FZ811","price":13869.98,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/fz811_primary.jpg?v=1777531269"},{"product_id":"polar-g-series-direct-draw-keg-beer-dispenser-single-pas-ge632-a","title":"Polar G-series Direct Draw Keg Beer Dispenser Single • PAS-GE632-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003eSingle keg \u0026amp; single tap. Stainless steel\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eOffer up refreshing draft lager, ale, cider and cocktails to customers with the reliable Polar G-Series direct draw keg beer dispenser. With space for a half-size barrel keg, the Polar kegerator allows you to serve up chilled draft drinks in places where you might not otherwise be able to, such as event catering or sites without access to a dedicated cellar.Drinks are served at the perfect temperature, as the Polar uses a powerful forced air cooling system to rapidly bring the contents down to the temperature you want. And thanks to the front-mounted digital panel, it's very simple to quickly set the temperature, so there's no need to fiddle with inaccurate dials or use separate thermometers.Whether you're just starting a new venture, or if you simply want to add draft drinks to your menu, the Polar beer dispenser is a easy-clean, low maintenance kegerator for any commercial setup. Supplied with beer tap, CO2 line, CO2 tee joint and Type A keg connector. Pressure regulator and dispensing gas not included. We highly recommend only qualified people set up this unit.Polar G-Series bar refrigeration is designed for everyday professional use in demanding environments. With hard-wearing components and strong commercial construction, choose G-Series if you expect to be using the unit frequently. Suitable for perishable \u0026amp; non-perishable food items.Please note: Climate Class 4 refrigeration is rated for operation in ambient temperatures ranging from 16°C to 30°C. However, this product has been tested and approved for use within a wider room temperature range of 10°C to 32°C.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds up to 1x half barrel keg (not included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard type A keg connector supplied for simple setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop mounted beer dispensing tap and drip tray for mess-free operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSolid self-closing door improves efficiency (non-reversible)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSolid self-closing door improves efficiency (non-reversible)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal Usable Capacity (Litres) of unit: 164\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range 0°F to +194°F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - insulation 42mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to use digital controllers with LED display - keeps keg at perfect serving temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong stainless steel construction for time-saving easy-cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFitted on lockable castors for easy installation and positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1312(H) x 612(W) x 760(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 63kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Beer Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Reviews: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51115775033655,"sku":"PAS-GE632-A","price":2787.7,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/ge632_primary.jpg?v=1777480512"},{"product_id":"polar-g-series-direct-draw-keg-beer-dispenser-double-pas-ge633-a","title":"Polar G-series Direct Draw Keg Beer Dispenser Double • PAS-GE633-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003eTwo kegs \u0026amp; two taps. Stainless steel\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eOffer up refreshing draft lager, ale, cider and cocktails to customers with the reliable Polar G-Series direct draw keg beer dispenser. With space for two half-size barrel kegs, the Polar keg fridge allows you to serve up chilled draft drinks in places where you might not otherwise be able to, such as event catering or sites without access to a dedicated cellar.As the Polar kegerator uses a powerful forced-air cooling system, it's able to maintain consistent, low temperatures in even the busiest of bars and kitchens. And thanks to the digital control panel it's simple to set the keg fridge to your required temperature. So there's no need to fiddle with inaccurate dials or use separate thermometers.To top it off, the Polar keg fridge features two, top-mounted beer dispensing taps for quick and easy pouring, as well as a drip tray for mess-free operation.Polar G-Series bar refrigeration is designed for everyday professional use in demanding environments. With hard-wearing components and strong commercial construction, choose G-Series if you expect to be using the unit frequently. Suitable for perishable \u0026amp; non-perishable food items.Please note: Climate Class 4 refrigeration is rated for operation in ambient temperatures ranging from 16°C to 30°C. However, this product has been tested and approved for use within a wider room temperature range of 10°C to 32°C.Limited returns. Restocking fee will apply. See T\u0026amp;Cs for further information.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds up to 2x half barrel kegs (not included) - allowing you to serve multiple drinks at once\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo standard, type-A keg connectors supplied for simple setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop mounted beer dispensing taps and drip tray for mess-free operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLockable for added stock security\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePressure regulator and dispensing gas not included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied with beer tap, CO2 line, CO2 tee joint and Type A keg connector\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWe highly recommend only qualified people set up this unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to use digital controllers with LED display - keeps keg at perfect serving temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong stainless steel construction provides excellent durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFitted on lockable castors for easy installation and positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNoise Level (Decibels): 47\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong stainless steel construction for time-saving easy-cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1438(H) x 1247(W) x 620(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R290 \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 97kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Beer Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51115777491255,"sku":"PAS-GE633-A","price":4200.1,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/ge633_primary.jpg?v=1777490199"},{"product_id":"polar-g-series-850mm-single-door-back-bar-cooler-solid-door-128-ltr-pas-ge997-a","title":"Polar G-series 850mm Single Door Back Bar Cooler Solid Door 128 Ltr • PAS-GE997-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003eHeight: 850mm. 180W. R600a\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer warranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eKeep your most-accessed drinks and ingredients close to hand with the Polar G-Series back bar cooler. Designed for reliability and performance, the fridge offers dependable storage capacity for bottles, cans, cartons and boxes over two sturdy adjustable shelves. With powerful fan-assisted cooling, temperatures are kept down, even when room temperatures reach up to 38°C - ideal for keeping drinks cool in busy bars and clubs.The solid door design helps to reduce running costs in comparison to glass door models. Energy-efficient LED lighting also helps to reduce energy use, whilst also making the contents easy to view, even in dark back bar areas.Polar G-Series bar display refrigeration is designed for everyday professional use in demanding environments. With hard-wearing components and strong commercial construction, choose G-Series if you expect to be accessing the unit frequently. Suitable for perishable \u0026amp; non-perishable food items\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy-saving LED interior lighting for easy identification of contents in darker back bar areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 strong adjustable shelves provide flexible storage capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLockable for added stock security\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuto-close door - improves energy efficiency, reduces running costs and prevents temperature loss\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient temperature range: 5°C to 38°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong, easy-clean steel exterior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable feet for easy positioning, even on uneven surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit has rear wheels for easy movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient temperature range: 5°C to 38°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong, easy-clean steel exterior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for use in outdoor \u0026amp; mobile environments including catering vehicles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDue to the size of this item, an additional delivery charge may apply - please check our delivery page for more information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 128Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 850(H) x 600(W) x 520(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 48kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel Type: Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 128\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 850\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Beer Fridges\u003cmultisep\u003e\u003c\/multisep\u003eBar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 600\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooling: Fan Assist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Location: Front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: G Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2 °C to 8 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand Ranking: 1000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy Rating: A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 520\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility: Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 180\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51116150653239,"sku":"PAS-GE997-A","price":1182.58,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/ge997-a_4.jpg?v=1777498549"},{"product_id":"polar-g-series-upright-back-bar-cooler-with-sliding-doors-490ltr-pas-gj448-a","title":"Polar G-Series Upright Back Bar Cooler with Sliding Doors 490Ltr • PAS-GJ448-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003e400W. Sliding doors. R600a\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer warranty: 2 Years On-Site Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eIf your back bar is a bit cramped, the Polar G-Series double door beer fridge with sliding doors could be the perfect space-saving solution for having bottled or canned drinks perfectly chilled, easy to access and attractively merchandised.Designed for reliability and efficiency, the Polar effectively showcases your drinks using energy efficient LED lighting and double-glazed self-closing doors - both of which help to significantly reduce running costs over the lifespan of the cooler. Storage is over eight adjustable shelves, so you can organise the contents to maximise visibility of your best sellers. And with the combination of powerful fan assisted cooling and user-friendly digital controls, it's simple to keep your beers, ciders and soft drinks at the perfect serving temperature to delight your customers.Polar G-Series bar display refrigeration is designed for everyday professional use in demanding environments. With hard-wearing components and strong commercial construction, choose G-Series if you expect to be accessing the unit frequently. Please note: Climate Class 4 refrigeration is rated for operation in ambient temperatures ranging from 16°C to 30°C. However, this product has been tested and approved for use within a wider room temperature range of 10°C to 32°C.Not suitable for use in outdoor \u0026amp; mobile environments including catering vehicles. Due to the size of this item, an additional delivery charge may apply - please check our delivery page for more information.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 sturdy adjustable shelves maximise capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy adjustable feet allow easy positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost maximises efficiency and performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFan assisted cooling for rapid temperature recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy efficient internal LED lighting reduces running costs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient temperature range: 10°C to 32°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccurate, user-friendly digital temperature controls and display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble glazed self-closing door improves energy efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 sturdy adjustable shelves maximise capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for use in outdoor \u0026amp; mobile environments including catering vehicles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDue to the size of this item, an additional delivery charge may apply - please check our delivery page for more information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 490Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1880(H) x 920(W) x 514(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - internal: 1437(H) x 855(W) x 424(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - insulation: 32mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Painted Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Type: 190W | 1.5A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 128kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - Packed: 2025(H) x 975(W) x 570(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: 2 Years On-Site Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost Purchase Information: post_purchase_commercial.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Capacity: 490\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Type: Sliding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Finish: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Function: Bar Fridge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel Type: Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 490\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 1880\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Stainless Steel \u0026amp; Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Bar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 920\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooling: Fan Assist \u0026amp; Static\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Location: Front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 8\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Reviews: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: G Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand Ranking: 1000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 514\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2 °C to 8 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 400W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility: Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation: Cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy Rating: C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Feet, Castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge Item: Y\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51119873589559,"sku":"PAS-GJ448-A","price":3252.34,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/gj448_upd24-1.jpg?v=1777485454"},{"product_id":"polar-g-series-back-bar-cooler-with-hinged-door-138ltr-pas-gl001-a","title":"Polar G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Hinged Door 138Ltr • PAS-GL001-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003e180W. Hinged door. R600a\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer warranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eThe Polar G-Series single door back bar cooler in black is a compact and reliable solution for keeping your best sellers chilled, attractively merchandised and ready to serve.With a large hinged clear door, two adjustable shelves and energy-saving LED lighting, this multipurpose beer fridge makes it easy to display your drinks to maximise sales, all whilst being energy efficient to reduce running costs. The chiller is also incredibly easy to clean, thanks to sturdy commercial construction and a handy auto defrost function. Whether you're storing bottles, cans or mixers, the Polar back bar cooler is an excellent choice for sites with limited space.Polar G-Series bar display refrigeration is designed for everyday professional use in demanding environments. With hard-wearing components and strong commercial construction, choose G-Series if you expect to be accessing the unit frequently. Polar G-Series reliably keeps temperature in conditions up to 32°C.Please note: model information can be found on the product database: https:\/\/eprel.ec.europa.eu\/screen\/product\/refrigeratingappliancesdirectsalesfunction. The Model Identifier can usually be found on the inside wall and on the reverse of the unit. Not suitable for use in outdoor \u0026amp; mobile environments including catering vehicles. Due to the size of this item, an additional delivery charge may apply - please check our delivery page for more information. Suitable for non-perishables only.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 sturdy adjustable shelves maximise capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy feet allow easy positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost maximises efficiency and performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFan assisted cooling for rapid temperature recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy efficient internal LED lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note: if the condenser coil is not cleaned at least 4 times a year, the efficiency of the appliance will decrease significantly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure double glazed lockable door (non-reversible)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn order to reduce food waste from decomposition or dehydration, this appliance should be operated in its designated operating range. Optimum temperature for food storage: 4°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor handles, door hinges, knobs, dials and buttons, door gaskets , peripheral trays, baskets and racks for storage, as appropriate for the appliance, will be made available to both end users and professional users for a minimum of eight years after the last unit of the model is placed on the market. A broader selection of parts will also be made available to professional users for this period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccurate, user-friendly digital temperature controls and display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient temperature range: 5°C to 38°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 108 x 330ml bottles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 900(H) x 600(W) x 520(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - internal: 516(H) x 382(W) x 750(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - insulation: 40mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Painted Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Type: 180W. 1.3A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 10°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 48kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - Packed: 1100(H) x 650(W) x 570(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Capacity: 138\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Type: Hinged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Finish: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Function: Bar Fridge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel Type: Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 138\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatured Product: Special Offers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 900\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Beer Fridges\u003cmultisep\u003e\u003c\/multisep\u003eBar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 600\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooling: Forced Air\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Location: Front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight Source: LED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Reviews: 9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: G Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 520\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Adjustable Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy Rating: D\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand Ranking: 1000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation: Undercounter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 180W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility: Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2 °C to 8 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51120182657335,"sku":"PAS-GL001-A","price":1157.49,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/gl001_gl011-polar-bb-chiller-r.jpg?v=1777506545"},{"product_id":"polar-g-series-back-bar-cooler-with-hinged-doors-208ltr-pas-gl002-a","title":"Polar G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Hinged Doors 208Ltr • PAS-GL002-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003e230W. Hinged doors. R600a\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer warranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eThe Polar G-Series double-hinged-door beer fridge is perfect for stylishly keeping your best-selling bottled drinks attractively merchandised and ready to serve.With double-glazed hinged doors and LED lighting, the G-Series cooler works hard to improve energy efficiency and reduce everyday running costs, whilst also making the contents quick and easy to access - essential during any busy service. Powerful fan-assisted cooling ensures the contents are always kept at the perfect serving temperature, even when the doors are constantly being opened. And thanks to the auto defrost function, there's no need to empty the cooler out for periodic manual defrosting. A reliable addition to any bar, pub or hotel.Polar G-Series bar display refrigeration is designed for everyday professional use in demanding environments. With hard-wearing components and strong commercial construction, choose G-Series if you expect to be accessing the unit frequently.Please note: model information can be found on the product database: https:\/\/eprel.ec.europa.eu\/screen\/product\/refrigeratingappliancesdirectsalesfunction. The Model Identifier can usually be found on the inside wall and on the reverse of the unit. Not suitable for use in outdoor \u0026amp; mobile environments including catering vehicles. Due to the size of this item, an additional delivery charge may apply - please check our delivery page for more information. Suitable for non-perishables only.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour sturdy adjustable shelves maximise storage capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy-efficient internal LED lighting reduces running costs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime-saving, easy-clean construction makes maintaining the unit simple\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccurate, user-friendly digital temperature controls and display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear rollers enable easy positioning for simpler cleaning and installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note: if the condenser coil is not cleaned at least 4 times a year, the efficiency of the appliance will decrease significantly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient temperature range: 5°C to 38°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn order to reduce food waste from decomposition or dehydration, this appliance should be operated in its designated operating range. Optimum temperature for food storage: 4°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor handles, door hinges, knobs, dials and buttons, door gaskets , peripheral trays, baskets and racks for storage, as appropriate for the appliance, will be made available to both end users and professional users for a minimum of eight years after the last unit of the model is placed on the market. A broader selection of parts will also be made available to professional users for this period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFan-assisted cooling for rapid temperature recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLockable, double-glazed door improves security and energy efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost maximises efficiency and cooling performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 180 x 330ml bottles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 900(H) x 900(W) x 520(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - internal: 816(H) x 750(W) x 382(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - insulation: 40mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Painted Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Type: 230W. 1.8A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 10°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 62kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - Packed: 1100(H) x 960(W) x 570(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Capacity: 208\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Type: Hinged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Finish: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Function: Bar Fridge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel Type: Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 208\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatured Product: Special Offers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 900\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Painted Steel \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Beer Fridges\u003cmultisep\u003e\u003c\/multisep\u003eBar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 900\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Location: Front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight Source: LED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Reviews: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: G Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand Ranking: 1000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 520\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2 °C to 8 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 230W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility: Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy Rating: D\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Adjustable Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51120188129591,"sku":"PAS-GL002-A","price":1218.42,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/gl002_gl012-polar-bb-chiller-r.jpg?v=1777497007"},{"product_id":"polar-g-series-back-bar-cooler-with-sliding-doors-208ltr-pas-gl003-a","title":"Polar G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Sliding Doors 208Ltr • PAS-GL003-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003e230W. Sliding door. R600a\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer warranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eIf your back bar is short of space, the Polar G-Series sliding door beer fridge could be the perfect solution for you. Designed to help maximise sales of bottled and canned drinks, the fridge keeps your best sellers attractively merchandised and ready to serve across four sturdy adjustable shelves. LED lighting and self-closing, double-glazed doors improve energy efficiency to help reduce running costs, whilst the solid commercial construction ensures long-lasting reliability.Polar G-Series bar display refrigeration is designed for everyday professional use in demanding environments. With hard-wearing components and strong commercial construction, choose G-Series if you expect to be accessing the unit frequently. Polar G-Series reliably keeps temperature in conditions up to 32°C.Please note: model information can be found on the product database: https:\/\/eprel.ec.europa.eu\/screen\/product\/refrigeratingappliancesdirectsalesfunction. The Model Identifier can usually be found on the inside wall and on the reverse of the unit. Not suitable for use in outdoor \u0026amp; mobile environments including catering vehicles. Due to the size of this item, an additional delivery charge may apply - please check our delivery page for more information. Suitable for non-perishables only.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour sturdy adjustable shelves increase storage space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy efficient internal LED lighting reduces running costs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime-saving, easy-clean construction makes maintaining the unit simple\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccurate, user-friendly digital temperature controls and display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear rollers enable easy positioning for simpler cleaning and installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note: if the condenser coil is not cleaned at least 4 times a year, the efficiency of the appliance will decrease significantly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient temperature range: 5°C to 38°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn order to reduce food waste from decomposition or dehydration, this appliance should be operated in its designated operating range. Optimum temperature for food storage: 4°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor handles, door hinges, knobs, dials and buttons, door gaskets , peripheral trays, baskets and racks for storage, as appropriate for the appliance, will be made available to both end users and professional users for a minimum of eight years after the last unit of the model is placed on the market. A broader selection of parts will also be made available to professional users for this period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFan assisted cooling for rapid temperature recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLockable, self-closing double-glazed door improves security and energy efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost maximises efficiency and cooling performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 180 x 330ml bottles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 900(H) x 900(W) x 520(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - internal: 816(H) x 382(W) x 750(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - insulation: 40mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Painted Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Type: 230W. 1.8A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 10°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 62kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - Packed: 1100(H) x 960(W) x 570(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Capacity: 208\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Type: Sliding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Finish: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Function: Bar Fridge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel Type: Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 208\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatured Product: Special Offers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 900\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Painted Steel \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Beer Fridges\u003cmultisep\u003e\u003c\/multisep\u003eBar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 900\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Location: Front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight Source: LED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Reviews: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: G Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand Ranking: 1000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 520\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2 °C to 8 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 230W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility: Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy Rating: D\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Adjustable Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51120192028983,"sku":"PAS-GL003-A","price":1218.42,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/gl003_gl010-polar-bb-chiller-r_19cdb052-3432-49de-99a6-32c537ccadaf.jpg?v=1777496231"},{"product_id":"polar-g-series-back-bar-cooler-with-hinged-door-stainless-steel-138ltr-pas-gl007-a","title":"Polar G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Hinged Door Stainless Steel 138Ltr • PAS-GL007-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003e180W. Hinged door. R600a\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer warranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eThe Polar G-Series back bar cooler is the perfect solution for reliably storing and attractively merchandising bottled and canned drinks. The Polar does a great job at maximising sales, as the contents are highlighted perfectly with highly efficient LED lighting. The lockable double glazed door also helps to reduce energy consumption and improve stock security, whilst the two shelves are adjustable so you can organise the contents to maximise capacity. Everyday operation is easy too, thanks to the digital controls and easy-clean stainless steel design. Superb for everyday use in bars, pubs, restaurants and hotels.Polar G-Series bar display refrigeration is designed for everyday professional use in demanding environments. With hard-wearing components and strong commercial construction, choose G-Series if you expect to be accessing the unit frequently. Polar G-Series reliably keeps temperature in conditions up to 32°C.Please note: model information can be found on the product database: https:\/\/eprel.ec.europa.eu\/screen\/product\/refrigeratingappliancesdirectsalesfunction. The Model Identifier can usually be found on the inside wall and on the reverse of the unit. Not suitable for use in outdoor \u0026amp; mobile environments including catering vehicles. Due to the size of this item, an additional delivery charge may apply - please check our delivery page for more information.Suitable for non-perishables only.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 sturdy adjustable shelves maximise capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy feet allow easy positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost maximises efficiency and performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFan assisted cooling for rapid temperature recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy efficient internal LED lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note: if the condenser coil is not cleaned at least 4 times a year, the efficiency of the appliance will decrease significantly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure double glazed lockable door (non-reversible)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn order to reduce food waste from decomposition or dehydration, this appliance should be operated in its designated operating range. Optimum temperature for food storage: 4°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor handles, door hinges, knobs, dials and buttons, door gaskets , peripheral trays, baskets and racks for storage, as appropriate for the appliance, will be made available to both end users and professional users for a minimum of eight years after the last unit of the model is placed on the market. A broader selection of parts will also be made available to professional users for this period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccurate, user-friendly digital temperature controls and display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient temperature range: 5°C to 38°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 108 x 330ml bottles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 900(H) x 600(W) x 520(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - internal: 730(H) x 510(W) x 350(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - insulation: 40mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Type: 180W. 1.3A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 48kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - Packed: 1100(H) x 650(W) x 570(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Capacity: 138\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Type: Hinged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Finish: Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Function: Bar Fridge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel Type: Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 138\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 900\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Beer Fridges\u003cmultisep\u003e\u003c\/multisep\u003eBar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 600\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooling: Forced Air\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Location: Front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight Source: LED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Reviews: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: G Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy Rating: D\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2 °C to 8 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 180W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Adjustable Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility: Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand Ranking: 1000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 560\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51120201367863,"sku":"PAS-GL007-A","price":1419.12,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/gl007_polar-cooler_ff0e2e08-4094-45ff-a901-a8c593bc8b4f.jpg?v=1777501002"},{"product_id":"polar-g-series-900mm-single-solid-door-back-bar-cooler-in-black-138ltr-pas-gl015-a","title":"\"Polar G-Series 900mm Single Solid Door Back Bar Cooler in Black 138Ltr\" • PAS-GL015-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003eHeight: 900mm. 180W. Hinged solid door\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer warranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eReliably store all your bar essentials in the Polar G-Series solid door back bar cooler. Designed to assist in any busy service, the fridge helps to keep your most accessed garnishes and mixers close to hand, allowing you to safely create best-selling cocktails without having to move around a potentially busy back bar area.Cooling itself is highly effective and is aided by a high performance fan. This helps to distribute cool air around the inside of the fridge, meaning temperatures are quickly maintained, even when the door is being opened regularly as part of a busy service. Cleaning is easy too, as both the inside and outside of the cooler feature straight edges and a simple, no-nonsense design.Polar G-Series bar display refrigeration is designed for everyday professional use in demanding environments. With hard-wearing components and strong commercial construction, choose G-Series if you expect to be accessing the unit frequently.Please note: Not suitable for use in outdoor \u0026amp; mobile environments including catering vehicles. Due to the size of this item, an additional delivery charge may apply - please check our delivery page for more information.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy-saving LED interior lighting for easy identification of contents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional wine shelf available (sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLockable for added stock security\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSolid door - perfect for back bar areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuto-close solid door to reduce running costs and improve energy efficiency (non-reversible)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient temperature range: 5°C to 38°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax ambient temperature: 32°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable feet for easy positioning, even on uneven surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 strong adjustable shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong, easy-clean painted steel exterior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for use in outdoor \u0026amp; mobile environments including catering vehicles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDue to the size of this item, an additional delivery charge may apply - please check our delivery page for more information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 108 x 330ml bottles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 900(H) x 600(W) x 520(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - insulation: 40mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Type: 180W. 1.3A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 48kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - Packed: 1100(H) x 650(W) x 570(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Capacity: 138\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Type: Hinged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Finish: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Function: Bar Fridge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel Type: Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 138\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatured Product: Clearance\u003cmultisep\u003e\u003c\/multisep\u003eSpecial Offers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 900\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Beer Fridges\u003cmultisep\u003e\u003c\/multisep\u003eBar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 600\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooling: Fan Assist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Location: Front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight Source: LED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Reviews: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: G Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 520\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy Rating: B\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand Ranking: 1000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation: Undercounter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 180\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility: Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2 °C to 8 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51120235249975,"sku":"PAS-GL015-A","price":1254.26,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/gl015-a_barfridge_8e97d024-d2a6-4ad1-96a9-bdf4980c8d47.jpg?v=1777479095"},{"product_id":"polar-g-series-back-bar-cooler-with-solid-doors-208ltr-pas-gl016-a","title":"Polar G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Solid Doors 208Ltr • PAS-GL016-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003e230W. Hinged doors. R600a\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer warranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eThe Polar G-Series solid door back bar cooler is ideal for reliably storing bar essentials such as mixers, garnishes and more. With two large solid lockable doors and four sturdy adjustable shelves, the fridge makes organising your stock simple, whilst powerful cooling ensures reliable storage - even during demanding hours.The built-in digital control panel is easy to use and has a constant display, so you can monitor the temperature without opening the fridge. And thanks to the steel design of the cooler, it's easy to clean too. Whether you're using it as a garnish fridge or as a discreet back bar bottle chiller, the Polar is an excellent commercial solution.Polar G-Series bar display refrigeration is designed for everyday professional use in demanding environments. With hard-wearing components and strong commercial construction, choose G-Series if you expect to be accessing the unit frequently. Polar G-Series reliably keeps temperature in conditions up to 32°C. Suitable for perishable \u0026amp; non-perishable food items.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 sturdy adjustable shelves maximise storage flexibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy castors allow easy positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost maximises efficiency and performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFan assisted cooling ensures rapid temperature recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy efficient internal LED lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional wine shelves available (sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully automatic defrost function to ensure long-lasting reliability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 sturdy adjustable shelves to maximise storage flexibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient temperature range: 5°C to 38°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser-friendly digital temperature controls and display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-closing lockable doors improve energy efficiency and stock security\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 180 x 330ml bottles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 900(H) x 900(W) x 520(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - internal: 816(H) x 382(W) x 520(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - insulation: 40mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Painted steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Type: 230W. 1.8A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 62kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - Packed: 1100(H) x 960(W) x 570(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Capacity: 208\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Type: Hinged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Finish: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Function: Bar Fridge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel Type: Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 208\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 900\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Painted Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Beer Fridges\u003cmultisep\u003e\u003c\/multisep\u003eBar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 900\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Location: Front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight Source: LED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Reviews: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: G Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation: Undercounter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility: Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 520\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Adjustable Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand Ranking: 1000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 230W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy Rating: A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2 °C to 8 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51120240623927,"sku":"PAS-GL016-A","price":1419.12,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/gl016_mg-7467.jpg?v=1777490994"},{"product_id":"polar-g-series-900mm-triple-solid-door-back-bar-cooler-in-black-330ltr-pas-gl017-a","title":"Polar G-Series 900mm Triple Solid Door Back Bar Cooler in Black 330Ltr • PAS-GL017-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003eHeight: 900mm. 350W. Three solid doors\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer warranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eBoost your chilled storage capacity with the Polar triple door back bar cooler. With its stylish solid black design, the fridge doesn't just look great - it's an energy-efficient option for keeping your most accessed ingredients effectively chilled whilst reducing running costs and environmental impact.Cooling is highly effective as powerful fans circulate air around the interior - ensuring the contents are kept at the perfect serving temperature, even when the doors are being opened regularly as part of a busy service. Operation is easy too, as simple digital controls allow real-time temperature adjustment and monitoring, even when the door is closed.Whether it's installed in a hotel, bar, pub or club, the Polar G-Series back bar cooler is a great choice for reliable, high capacity storage.Polar G-Series bar display refrigeration is designed for everyday professional use in demanding environments. With hard-wearing components and strong commercial construction, choose G-Series if you expect to be accessing the unit frequently. Suitable for perishable \u0026amp; non-perishable food items.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy-saving LED interior lighting for easy identification of contents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 strong adjustable shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional wine shelf available (sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLockable for added stock security\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSolid door - perfect for back bar areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional wine shelf available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLockable for added stock security\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSolid door ¿ helps to retain temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient temperature range: 5°C to 38°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong, easy-clean painted steel exterior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuto-close door to reduce running costs and improve energy efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable feet for easy positioning, even on uneven surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 270 x 330ml bottles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 900(H) x 1350(W) x 520(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - insulation: 40mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Type: 350W. 2.43A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 80kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - Packed: 1100(H) x 1400(W) x 570(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Capacity: 330\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Type: Hinged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Finish: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Function: Bar Fridge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel Type: Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 330\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatured Product: Clearance\u003cmultisep\u003e\u003c\/multisep\u003eSpecial Offers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 900\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Beer Fridges\u003cmultisep\u003e\u003c\/multisep\u003eBar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 1350\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Web Keywords: three door bar fridge, bar cooler\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooling: Fan Assist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Location: Front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight Source: LED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Reviews: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: G Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation: Undercounter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 520\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy Rating: B\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand Ranking: 1000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 230\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility: Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2 °C to 8 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51120243343671,"sku":"PAS-GL017-A","price":1689.46,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/gl017-a_polarbackcooler5.jpg?v=1777483338"},{"product_id":"polar-u-series-back-bar-cooler-3-door-display-pas-ua022-a","title":"\"Polar U-Series Back Bar Cooler 3 door Display\" • PAS-UA022-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003ePolar U-Series Back Bar Cooler 3 door Display\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eChill, store and serve drinks from the Polar U-Series under counter display fridge. Built with a powerful forced air cooling system, the fridge provides effective and reliable cooling to ensure the contents are kept at precise temperatures - perfect for keeping your guests refreshed. The Polar offers a generous internal capacity, making it a great choice for minimising restocking during busy services. The Polar is fitted with an easy-to-use digital display and controls that allow you to quickly alter and monitor temperatures at the touch of a button. The 3 hinged glass doors allow for quick access to the drinks your guests want, With a black exterior and durable and easy-to-clean construction, this fridge is ideal for use in any busy bar, cafe or pub.Please note: Climate Class 4 refrigeration is rated for operation in ambient temperatures ranging from 16°C to 30°C. However, this product has been tested and approved for use within a wider room temperature range of 10°C to 32°C.Not suitable for use in outdoor \u0026amp; mobile environments including catering vehicles. Due to the size of this item, an additional delivery charge may apply - please check our delivery page for more information.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e355 Litre Capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuto-defrost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstant LED digital display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack painted steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForced air cooling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 adjustable shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 355Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 860(H) x 2002(W) x 535(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R290 \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 0°C to 10°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 125kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 355\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 860\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Bar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 2002\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: U Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 535\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy Rating: C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51038359486775,"sku":"PAS-UA022-A","price":3632.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/ua022_new1.jpg?v=1777503935"},{"product_id":"polar-g-series-back-bar-cooler-with-hinged-doors-198ltr-pas-gl012-a","title":"Polar G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Hinged Doors 198Ltr • PAS-GL012-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003e230W. Hinged doors. R600a\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer warranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eWith its large capacity and stylish design, the Polar G-Series under counter back bar cooler is the perfect solution for attractively displaying and merchandising drinks. Thanks to its great looks and energy-efficient LED lighting, the cooler effectively maximises sales whilst keeping drinks at the perfect serving temperature.With precise digital controls, it's easy to set the required temperature, whilst the double-glazed doors and fan assisted cooling ensure temperatures are maintained, even in busy bar settings where the contents are frequently accessed. Solid commercial construction throughout delivers impressive durability and reliability - everything you'd expect from a professional cooler from Polar Refrigeration.Polar G-Series bar display refrigeration is designed for everyday professional use in demanding environments. With hard-wearing components and strong commercial construction, choose G-Series if you expect to be accessing the unit frequently.Please note: model information can be found on the product database: https:\/\/eprel.ec.europa.eu\/screen\/product\/refrigeratingappliancesdirectsalesfunction. The Model Identifier can usually be found on the inside wall and on the reverse of the unit. Not suitable for use in outdoor \u0026amp; mobile environments including catering vehicles. Due to the size of this item, an additional delivery charge may apply - please check our delivery page for more information.Suitable for non-perishables only.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 sturdy adjustable shelves maximise storage capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy feet allow easy positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost maximises efficiency and performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFan assisted cooling for rapid temperature recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy efficient internal LED lighting showcases contents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note: if the condenser coil is not cleaned at least 4 times a year, the efficiency of the appliance will decrease significantly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient temperature range: 5°C to 38°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn order to reduce food waste from decomposition or dehydration, this appliance should be operated in its designated operating range. Optimum temperature for food storage: 4°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor handles, door hinges, knobs, dials and buttons, door gaskets , peripheral trays, baskets and racks for storage, as appropriate for the appliance, will be made available to both end users and professional users for a minimum of eight years after the last unit of the model is placed on the market. A broader selection of parts will also be made available to professional users for this period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser-friendly digital temperature controls and display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble glazed lockable door for security and efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 117 x 330ml bottles and up to 60 x 330ml cans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 850(H) x 900(W) x 520(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - internal: 816(H) x 382(W) x 700(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - insulation: 40mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Painted Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Type: 230W. 1.8A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 10°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 60kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - Packed: 1050(H) x 960(W) x 570(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Capacity: 198\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Type: Hinged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Finish: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Function: Bar Fridge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel Type: Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 198\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatured Product: Special Offers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 850\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Painted Steel \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Bar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 900\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Web Keywords: double door cooler\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooling: Forced Air\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Location: Front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight Source: LED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Reviews: 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: G Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation: Undercounter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 520\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Adjustable Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy Rating: D\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand Ranking: 1000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 230W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility: Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2 °C to 8 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51120222503223,"sku":"PAS-GL012-A","price":1188.02,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/1379777.jpg?v=1777490725"},{"product_id":"polar-g-series-back-bar-cooler-with-hinged-doors-stainless-steel-208ltr-pas-gl008-a","title":"Polar G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Hinged Doors Stainless Steel 208Ltr • PAS-GL008-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003e230W. Hinged doors. R600a\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer warranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eWith its stylish design and commercial reliability, the Polar G-Series double door back bar cooler is an excellent front of house merchandiser for maximising sales of bottled and canned drinks.Double glazed hinged doors and LED lighting help to save energy and reduce running costs, whilst the simple digital control panel and stainless steel construction make the chiller easy to operate and clean. Perfect for bars, pubs, clubs and hotels. Polar G-Series bar display refrigeration is designed for everyday professional use in demanding environments. With hard-wearing components and strong commercial construction, choose G-Series if you expect to be accessing the unit frequently. Polar G-Series reliably keeps temperature in conditions up to 32°C.Please note: model information can be found on the product database: https:\/\/eprel.ec.europa.eu\/screen\/product\/refrigeratingappliancesdirectsalesfunction. The Model Identifier can usually be found on the inside wall and on the reverse of the unit. Not suitable for use in outdoor \u0026amp; mobile environments including catering vehicles. Due to the size of this item, an additional delivery charge may apply - please check our delivery page for more information. Suitable for non-perishables only.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 sturdy adjustable shelves maximise capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy feet allow easy positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost maximises efficiency and performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFan assisted cooling for rapid temperature recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy efficient internal LED lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note: if the condenser coil is not cleaned at least 4 times a year, the efficiency of the appliance will decrease significantly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient temperature range: 5°C to 38°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn order to reduce food waste from decomposition or dehydration, this appliance should be operated in its designated operating range. Optimum temperature for food storage: 4°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor handles, door hinges, knobs, dials and buttons, door gaskets , peripheral trays, baskets and racks for storage, as appropriate for the appliance, will be made available to both end users and professional users for a minimum of eight years after the last unit of the model is placed on the market. A broader selection of parts will also be made available to professional users for this period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccurate, user-friendly digital temperature controls and display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure double glazed lockable door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 180 x 330ml bottles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 900(H) x 900(W) x 520(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - internal: 816(H) x 382(W) x 750(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - insulation: 40mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Type: 230W. 1.8A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 62kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - Packed: 1100(H) x 960(W) x 570(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Capacity: 208\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Type: Hinged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Finish: Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Function: Bar Fridge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel Type: Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 208\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 900\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Beer Fridges\u003cmultisep\u003e\u003c\/multisep\u003eBar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 900\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Location: Front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight Source: LED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Reviews: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: G Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand Ranking: 1000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility: Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 520\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 230W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy Rating: D\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2 °C to 8 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Adjustable Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51120209658167,"sku":"PAS-GL008-A","price":1509.94,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/gl008_newprimary.jpg?v=1782417058"},{"product_id":"polar-g-series-back-bar-cooler-with-hinged-doors-330ltr-pas-gl004-a","title":"Polar G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Hinged Doors 330Ltr • PAS-GL004-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003e350W. Hinged doors. R600a\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer warranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eWith its vast capacity of up to 270 bottles over six sturdy adjustable shelves, the Polar G-Series triple door beer fridge is perfect for merchandising and storing refreshing drinks in busy bars, hotels or pubs.Featuring double-glazed hinged doors and energy-efficient LED lighting, this multipurpose chiller ensures the contents always look their best, helping to maximise sales, whilst also keeping running costs down. Digital controls make it easy to set and monitor the internal temperature, whilst the strong steel, aluminium and glass construction ensures the beer fridge is exceptionally easy to clean. Fan assisted cooling provides impressive chilling performance. Even when the fridge is being accessed frequently, the powerful cooling ensures the internal temperature is maintained throughout the inside, keeping every bottle or can at the perfect serving temperature.As a handy extra, the drinks chiller is lockable - so once service is over you can quickly secure the contents down, essential for reducing shrinkage.Polar G-Series bar display refrigeration is designed for everyday professional use in demanding environments. With hard-wearing components and strong commercial construction, choose G-Series if you expect to be accessing the unit frequently. Polar G-Series reliably keeps temperature in conditions up to 32°C.Please note: model information can be found on the product database: https:\/\/eprel.ec.europa.eu\/screen\/product\/refrigeratingappliancesdirectsalesfunction. The Model Identifier can usually be found on the inside wall and on the reverse of the unit. Not suitable for use in outdoor \u0026amp; mobile environments including catering vehicles. Due to the size of this item, an additional delivery charge may apply - please check our delivery page for more information. Suitable for non-perishables only.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 sturdy adjustable shelves maximise storage capacity and flexibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy feet allow easy positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost maximises efficiency and performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFan assisted cooling for rapid temperature recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy efficient internal LED lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note: if the condenser coil is not cleaned at least 4 times a year, the efficiency of the appliance will decrease significantly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient temperature range: 5°C to 38°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn order to reduce food waste from decomposition or dehydration, this appliance should be operated in its designated operating range. Optimum temperature for food storage: 4°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor handles, door hinges, knobs, dials and buttons, door gaskets , peripheral trays, baskets and racks for storage, as appropriate for the appliance, will be made available to both end users and professional users for a minimum of eight years after the last unit of the model is placed on the market. A broader selection of parts will also be made available to professional users for this period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser-friendly digital temperature controls and display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy-saving and secure double glazed lockable doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 270 x 330ml bottles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 900(H) x 1350(W) x 520(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - insulation: 40mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Painted Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Type: 350W. 2.43A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 10°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 80kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - Packed: 1100(H) x 1400(W) x 570(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Capacity: 330\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Type: Hinged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Finish: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Function: Bar Fridge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel Type: Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 330\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatured Product: Special Offers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 900\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Painted Steel \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Beer Fridges\u003cmultisep\u003e\u003c\/multisep\u003eBar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 1350\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Location: Front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight Source: LED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Reviews: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: G Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand Ranking: 1000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 520\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2 °C to 8 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 350W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility: Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation: Undercounter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy Rating: D\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Adjustable Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51120196092215,"sku":"PAS-GL004-A","price":1525.85,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/gl004_mg-7384.jpg?v=1777498702"},{"product_id":"polar-g-series-back-bar-cooler-with-sliding-doors-330ltr-pas-gl006-a","title":"Polar G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Sliding Doors 330Ltr • PAS-GL006-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003e350W. Sliding doors. R600a\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer warranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eWith its sliding doors, the Polar G-Series three-door beer fridge is an excellent solution for back bar areas with limited space.Designed to maximise impulse sales of bottled and canned drinks, the fridge keeps your best sellers stylishly merchandised and easily accessible across six strong adjustable shelves. LED lighting and self-closing, double-glazed doors improve energy efficiency to help reduce running costs, whilst the solid commercial construction ensures long-lasting reliability.Polar G-Series bar display refrigeration is designed for everyday professional use in demanding environments. With hard-wearing components and strong commercial construction, choose G-Series if you expect to be accessing the unit frequently.Please note: model information can be found on the product database: https:\/\/eprel.ec.europa.eu\/screen\/product\/refrigeratingappliancesdirectsalesfunction. The Model Identifier can usually be found on the inside wall and on the reverse of the unit. Not suitable for use in outdoor \u0026amp; mobile environments including catering vehicles. Due to the size of this item, an additional delivery charge may apply - please check our delivery page for more information. Suitable for non-perishables only.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSix sturdy adjustable shelves maximise capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy efficient internal LED lighting reduces running costs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime-saving, easy-clean construction makes maintaining the unit simple\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccurate, user-friendly digital temperature controls and display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy lockable castors enable easy positioning for simpler cleaning and installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note: if the condenser coil is not cleaned at least 4 times a year, the efficiency of the appliance will decrease significantly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient temperature range: 5°C to 38°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn order to reduce food waste from decomposition or dehydration, this appliance should be operated in its designated operating range. Optimum temperature for food storage: 4°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor handles, door hinges, knobs, dials and buttons, door gaskets , peripheral trays, baskets and racks for storage, as appropriate for the appliance, will be made available to both end users and professional users for a minimum of eight years after the last unit of the model is placed on the market. A broader selection of parts will also be made available to professional users for this period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFan assisted cooling for rapid temperature recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble-glazed self-closing doors help to maintain temperature and save energy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost maximises efficiency and cooling performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 270 x 330ml bottles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 900(H) x 1350(W) x 520(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - internal: 1266(H) x 382(W) x 750(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - insulation: 40mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Painted Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Type: 350W. 2.43A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 10°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 80kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - Packed: 1100(H) x 1400(W) x 570(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Capacity: 330\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Type: Sliding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Finish: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Function: Bar Fridge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel Type: Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 330\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatured Product: Special Offers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 900\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Painted Steel \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Beer Fridges\u003cmultisep\u003e\u003c\/multisep\u003eBar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 1350\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Location: Front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight Source: LED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Reviews: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: G Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand Ranking: 1000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 520\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2 °C to 8 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 350W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility: Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation: Undercounter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy Rating: E\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Adjustable Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51120198385975,"sku":"PAS-GL006-A","price":1525.85,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/gl006_polar-triple-bb-r.jpg?v=1777489834"},{"product_id":"polar-g-series-upright-back-bar-cooler-with-hinged-door-307ltr-pas-gj447-a","title":"Polar G-Series Upright Back Bar Cooler with Hinged Door 307Ltr • PAS-GJ447-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003e300W. Hinged door R600a\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer warranty: 2 Years On-Site Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eKeep your best sellers chilled, ready to serve and attractively merchandised with the reliable Polar G-Series upright back bar cooler.With adjustable shelves and efficient LED lighting, the fridge effortlessly showcases your bottles and cans, helping to maximise sales - especially useful in low ambient light bars and pubs. Fan assisted cooling ensures the contents are kept at the perfect serving temperature - simply select the required setting from the user-friendly digital controls.The sturdy hinged door is both double-glazed and lockable, helping to reduce running costs whilst keeping the contents secure during closing hours. Cleaning is easy too, thanks to the solid commercial construction and rear mounted rollers which allow easy re-positioning of the cooler. A superb addition to any bar, pub or club.Polar G-Series bar display refrigeration is designed for everyday professional use in demanding environments. With hard-wearing components and strong commercial construction, choose G-Series if you expect to be accessing the unit frequently. Please note: Climate Class 4 refrigeration is rated for operation in ambient temperatures ranging from 16°C to 30°C. However, this product has been tested and approved for use within a wider room temperature range of 10°C to 32°C.Not suitable for use in outdoor \u0026amp; mobile environments including catering vehicles. Due to the size of this item, an additional delivery charge may apply - please check our delivery page for more information.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 sturdy adjustable shelves maximise storage capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost promotes efficiency and performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFan assisted cooling ensures rapid temperature recovery and consistent temperature throughout cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy efficient internal LED lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure double glazed lockable door (non-reversible)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient temperature range: 10°C to 32°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note: if the condenser coil is not cleaned at least 4 times a year, the efficiency of the appliance will decrease significantly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear rollers and adjustable feet for easy positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccurate, user-friendly digital temperature controls and display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn order to reduce food waste from decomposition or dehydration, this appliance should be operated in its designated operating range. Optimum temperature for food storage: 4°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor handles, door hinges, knobs, dials and buttons, door gaskets , peripheral trays, baskets and racks for storage, as appropriate for the appliance, will be made available to both end users and professional users for a minimum of eight years after the last unit of the model is placed on the market. A broader selection of parts will also be made available to professional users for this period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 307Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1872(H) x 600(W) x 514(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - internal: 1437(H) x 535(W) x 420(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - insulation: 32mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Painted Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 98kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - Packed: 2025(H) x 655(W) x 570(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: 2 Years On-Site Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Capacity: 307\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Type: Hinged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Finish: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Function: Bar Fridge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel Type: Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 307\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 1872\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Aluminium \u0026amp; Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Bar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 600\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooling: Fan Assist \u0026amp; Static\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Location: Front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLock: Keyed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Reviews: 7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: G Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand Ranking: 1000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 514\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2 °C to 8 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 300W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility: Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation: Cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy Rating: B\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Feet, Castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge Item: Y\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51119861268791,"sku":"PAS-GJ447-A","price":2323.06,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/gj447-_1_d7f6048b-a1e3-48db-ac77-55c1cf1aa34c.jpg?v=1777483217"},{"product_id":"polar-g-series-back-bar-cooler-with-hinged-doors-stainless-steel-330ltr-pas-gl009-a","title":"Polar G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Hinged Doors Stainless Steel 330Ltr • PAS-GL009-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003e350W. Hinged doors. R600a\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer warranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eWith its attractive design and commercial reliability, the Polar G-Series three door back bar cooler is a superb front of house display fridge to maximise sales of drinks, whether they're in bottles, cans or cartons.With three adjustable shelves and hinged doors, the Polar makes it easy to organise the contents for rapid access, so you'll be able to serve customers quickly and keep queues down. And combined with fan assisted cooling, the double-glazed doors help to keep the contents at the perfect serving temperature whilst also keeping running costs down. The generous capacity of 270 bottles makes this cooler perfect for busy bars, pubs, clubs and more. Easy to use, clean and maintain.Polar G-Series bar display refrigeration is designed for everyday professional use in demanding environments. With hard-wearing components and strong commercial construction, choose G-Series if you expect to be accessing the unit frequently.Please note: model information can be found on the product database: https:\/\/eprel.ec.europa.eu\/screen\/product\/refrigeratingappliancesdirectsalesfunction. The Model Identifier can usually be found on the inside wall and on the reverse of the unit. Not suitable for use in outdoor \u0026amp; mobile environments including catering vehicles. Due to the size of this item, an additional delivery charge may apply - please check our delivery page for more information. Suitable for non-perishables only.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 sturdy adjustable shelves maximise storage capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy feet allow easy positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost maximises efficiency and performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFan assisted cooling for rapid temperature recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy efficient internal LED lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note: if the condenser coil is not cleaned at least 4 times a year, the efficiency of the appliance will decrease significantly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient temperature range: 5°C to 38°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn order to reduce food waste from decomposition or dehydration, this appliance should be operated in its designated operating range. Optimum temperature for food storage: 4°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor handles, door hinges, knobs, dials and buttons, door gaskets , peripheral trays, baskets and racks for storage, as appropriate for the appliance, will be made available to both end users and professional users for a minimum of eight years after the last unit of the model is placed on the market. A broader selection of parts will also be made available to professional users for this period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser-friendly digital temperature controls and display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble glazed lockable doors for efficiency and security\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 270 x 330ml bottles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 900(H) x 1350(W) x 520(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - internal: 1266(H) x 382(W) x 750(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - insulation: 40mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Type: 350W. 2.43A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 80kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - Packed: 1100(H) x 1400(W) x 570(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Capacity: 330\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Type: Hinged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Finish: Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Function: Bar Fridge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel Type: Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 330\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 900\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Beer Fridges\u003cmultisep\u003e\u003c\/multisep\u003eBar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 1350\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Location: Front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight Source: LED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Reviews: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: G Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand Ranking: 1000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 520\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2 °C to 8 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 350W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility: Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation: Undercounter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy Rating: D\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Adjustable Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51120212902199,"sku":"PAS-GL009-A","price":1942.9,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/gl009_mg-7421.jpg?v=1777482451"},{"product_id":"polar-g-series-single-door-upright-bar-fridge-pas-ck479-a","title":"Polar G-Series Single Door Upright Bar Fridge 307Ltr • PAS-CK479-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003e140W | Capacity: 307Ltr | R600a\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer warranty: 2 Years\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eThe Polar G-Series single door upright back bar cooler is a superb choice for bars, shops and pubs with limited floor space. Designed to maximise sales of chilled bottled and canned drinks, the fridge highlights the contents and keeps it all within easy reach. The four sturdy shelves are adjustable too, so you can easily change the setup to bring your best sellers up to eye level. Operation and maintenance couldn't be easier - with intuitive digital controls and strong stainless steel construction promising reliability, flexibility and no-nonsense performance.Polar G-Series bar display refrigeration is designed for everyday professional use in demanding environments. With hard-wearing components and strong commercial construction, choose G-Series if you expect to be accessing the unit frequently.Please note: Climate Class 4 refrigeration is rated for operation in ambient temperatures ranging from 16°C to 30°C. However, this product has been tested and approved for use within a wider room temperature range of 10°C to 32°C.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal Energy Consumption: 2.039\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStar Rating: 9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth of shelf\/drawer (GN sizing): 337\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy Efficiency Index: 14.010989010989\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eN-Standard: ISO 23953\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight Capacity of Shelf\/Drawer: 13\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterior display light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble glazed door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLockable doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for use in outdoor \u0026amp; mobile environments including catering vehicles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDue to the size of this item, an additional delivery charge may apply - please check our delivery page for more information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 307Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1880(H) x 600(W) x 514(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - internal: 1437(H) x 535(W) x 424(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - insulation: 32.5mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Type: 140W | 1.8A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 98kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: 2 Years\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Capacity: 307\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Type: Hinged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Finish: Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Function: Bar Fridge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel Type: Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 307\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 1872\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Bar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 600\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooling: Fan Assist \u0026amp; Static\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight Source: LED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Reviews: 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: G Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 140W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2 °C to 8 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 514\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51071804473655,"sku":"PAS-CK479-A","price":2148.89,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/ck479_aad0b9b6-204c-4f3e-9e4d-da395b5c124c.jpg?v=1784266856"},{"product_id":"polar-g-series-back-bar-cooler-with-hinged-door-128ltr-pas-gl011-a","title":"Polar G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Hinged Door 128Ltr • PAS-GL011-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003e180W. Hinged door. R600a\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer warranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eThe Polar G-Series under counter back bar cooler is a fantastic professional solution for attractively displaying and merchandising beverages. Thanks to its stylish design and efficient LED lighting, the fridge effectively maximises sales whilst keeping drinks at the perfect serving temperature.With built-in digital controls and a solid professional design, the Polar is both highly durable and simple to use. And thanks to the adjustable shelving, you can configure the insides to match your drinks offering. When it's time to close up, the lockable door ensures your stock is securely stored, ready for the next day. Great for bars and pubs with limited space. Polar G-Series bar display refrigeration is designed for everyday professional use in demanding environments. With hard-wearing components and strong commercial construction, choose G-Series if you expect to be accessing the unit frequently.Please note: model information can be found on the product database: https:\/\/eprel.ec.europa.eu\/screen\/product\/refrigeratingappliancesdirectsalesfunction. The Model Identifier can usually be found on the inside wall and on the reverse of the unit. Not suitable for use in outdoor \u0026amp; mobile environments including catering vehicles. Due to the size of this item, an additional delivery charge may apply - please check our delivery page for more information. Suitable for non-perishables only.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 sturdy adjustable shelves maximise storage capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy feet allow easy positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost maximises efficiency and performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFan assisted cooling for rapid temperature recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy efficient internal LED lighting showcases contents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note: if the condenser coil is not cleaned at least 4 times a year, the efficiency of the appliance will decrease significantly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient temperature range: 5°C to 38°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn order to reduce food waste from decomposition or dehydration, this appliance should be operated in its designated operating range. Optimum temperature for food storage: 4°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor handles, door hinges, knobs, dials and buttons, door gaskets , peripheral trays, baskets and racks for storage, as appropriate for the appliance, will be made available to both end users and professional users for a minimum of eight years after the last unit of the model is placed on the market. A broader selection of parts will also be made available to professional users for this period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser-friendly digital temperature controls and display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble glazed lockable door for security and efficiency (non-reversible)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 56 x 330ml bottles and up to 35 x 330ml cans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 850(H) x 600(W) x 520(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - insulation: 40mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Painted Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Type: 180W. 1.3A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 10°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 46kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - Packed: 1050(H) x 650(W) x 570(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Capacity: 138\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Type: Hinged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Finish: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Function: Bar Fridge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel Type: Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 128\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatured Product: Special Offers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 850\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Painted Steel \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Beer Fridges\u003cmultisep\u003e\u003c\/multisep\u003eBar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 600\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooling: Forced Air\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Location: Front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight Source: LED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Reviews: 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: G Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 520\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Adjustable Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy Rating: D\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand Ranking: 1000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation: Undercounter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 180W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility: Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2 °C to 8 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51120219750711,"sku":"PAS-GL011-A","price":1035.64,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/gl001_gl011-polar-bb-chiller-r_17dca668-f032-4bf9-8e47-c0f9f93d6890.jpg?v=1777482314"},{"product_id":"polar-g-series-850mm-double-door-back-bar-cooler-solid-door-198-ltr-pas-ge998-a","title":"Polar G-series 850mm Double Door Back Bar Cooler Solid Door 198 Ltr • PAS-GE998-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003eHeight: 850mm. 230W. R600a\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer warranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eMaximise your chilled storage potential with the stylish Polar G-Series double door back bar cooler. Designed to provide a reliable storage solution for your most-accessed drinks and ingredients, the cooler provides a generous internal capacity over four strong adjustable shelves, helping you to keep plenty of stock ready to serve.Cooling is powerful and effective, helping to keep the contents at the perfect serving temperature. Plus, this design can operate efficiently when the door is being opened regularly in a busy bar, hotel or restaurant. The G-Series is both easy to use and easy to clean, thanks to its simple digital controls and incredibly strong steel construction. And once service is over, you can lock both doors - so you can be sure the contents are secured away ready for the next day.Additionally, the Polar G-Series is rated A for energy efficiency. This helps to minimise its energy output - saving you money and reducing your business' carbon footprint.Polar G-Series bar display refrigeration is designed for everyday professional use in demanding environments. With hard-wearing components and strong commercial construction, choose G-Series if you expect to be accessing the unit frequently. Suitable for perishable \u0026amp; non-perishable food items\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowerful cooling keeps the fridge at a consistent temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy-saving LED interior lighting for easy identification of contents in darker back bar areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 strong adjustable shelves provide flexible storage capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLockable for added stock security\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuto-close solid door reduces running costs and improves energy efficiency (non-reversible)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient temperature range: 5°C to 38°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong, easy-clean steel exterior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable feet for easy positioning, even on uneven surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient temperature range: 5°C to 38°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong, easy-clean steel exterior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuto-close door - improves energy efficiency, reduces running costs and prevents temperature loss\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable feet for easy positioning, even on uneven surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 198Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 850(H) x 900(W) x 520(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 62kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel Type: Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 198\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 850\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Beer Fridges\u003cmultisep\u003e\u003c\/multisep\u003eBar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 900\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooling: Fan Assist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Location: Front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Reviews: 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: G Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 230\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand Ranking: 1000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2 °C to 8 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy Rating: A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility: Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 520\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51116215304503,"sku":"PAS-GE998-A","price":1360.05,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/ge998-a_15.jpg?v=1777498582"},{"product_id":"polar-g-series-850mm-triple-door-back-bar-cooler-solid-door-320-ltr-pas-ge999-a","title":"Polar G-series 850mm Triple Door Back Bar Cooler Solid Door 320 Ltr • PAS-GE999-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003eHeight: 850mm. 280W. R600a\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer warranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eExpand your chilled storage capacity with the Polar triple door back bar cooler. With its stylish black design and solid doors, the fridge doesn't just look great - it's an energy-saving option for keeping your most accessed drinks and ingredients cool whilst reducing running costs too.Cooling is highly effective as powerful fans circulate air around the interior - ensuring the contents are kept at the perfect serving temperature, even when the doors are being opened regularly as part of a busy service. Operation is easy too, as simple digital controls allow real-time temperature adjustment and monitoring, even when the door is closed.Whether it's installed in a hotel, bar, pub or club, the Polar G-Series back bar cooler is a great choice for reliable, high capacity storage. Easy to use, clean and maintain.Polar G-Series bar display refrigeration is designed for everyday professional use in demanding environments. With hard-wearing components and strong commercial construction, choose G-Series if you expect to be accessing the unit frequently. Suitable for perishable \u0026amp; non-perishable food items\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy-saving LED interior lighting for easy identification of contents in darker back bar areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 strong adjustable shelves provide flexible storage capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLockable for added stock security\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuto-close door - improves energy efficiency, reduces running costs and prevents temperature loss\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable feet for easy positioning, even on uneven surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient temperature range: 5°C to 38°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong, easy-clean steel exterior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear rollers enable easy positioning for simpler cleaning and installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient temperature range: 5°C to 38°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong, easy-clean steel exterior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for use in outdoor \u0026amp; mobile environments including catering vehicles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDue to the size of this item, an additional delivery charge may apply - please check our delivery page for more information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 320Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 850(H) x 1350(W) x 520(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 80kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel Type: Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 320\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 850\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Bar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 1350\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooling: Fan Assist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Location: Front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Reviews: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: G Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 280\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand Ranking: 1000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility: Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy Rating: B\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2 °C to 8 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 520\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51116240306487,"sku":"PAS-GE999-A","price":1626.1,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/ge999_1.jpg?v=1777491416"},{"product_id":"polar-g-series-upright-back-bar-cooler-with-hinged-doors-490ltr-pas-gj449-a","title":"Polar G-Series Upright Back Bar Cooler with Hinged Doors 490Ltr • PAS-GJ449-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003e400W. Hinged doors. R600a\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer warranty: 2 Years On-Site Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eKeep your best sellers at the perfect serving temperature and stylishly merchandised with the reliable Polar G-Series upright double door back bar cooler.With eight sturdy adjustable shelves and energy-efficient LED lighting, the fridge attractively showcases your bottles and cans to maximise sales, especially in low ambient light bars and pubs. The hinged doors are both double-glazed and lockable, helping to reduce running costs further as well as keeping the contents secure during closing hours. Cleaning is easy too, thanks to the solid commercial construction throughout and rear mounted rollers.Polar G-Series bar display refrigeration is designed for everyday professional use in demanding environments. With hard-wearing components and strong commercial construction, choose G-Series if you expect to be accessing the unit frequently. Please note: Climate Class 4 refrigeration is rated for operation in ambient temperatures ranging from 16°C to 30°C. However, this product has been tested and approved for use within a wider room temperature range of 10°C to 32°C.Not suitable for use in outdoor \u0026amp; mobile environments including catering vehicles. Due to the size of this item, an additional delivery charge may apply - please check our delivery page for more information.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 sturdy adjustable shelves maximise storage capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy adjustable feet allow easy positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost maximises efficiency and performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFan assisted cooling for rapid temperature recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy efficient internal LED lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note: if the condenser coil is not cleaned at least 4 times a year, the efficiency of the appliance will decrease significantly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient temperature range: 5°C to 32°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn order to reduce food waste from decomposition or dehydration, this appliance should be operated in its designated operating range. Optimum temperature for food storage: 4°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor handles, door hinges, knobs, dials and buttons, door gaskets , peripheral trays, baskets and racks for storage, as appropriate for the appliance, will be made available to both end users and professional users for a minimum of eight years after the last unit of the model is placed on the market. A broader selection of parts will also be made available to professional users for this period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser-friendly digital temperature controls and display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble glazed lockable doors for efficiency and security\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 490Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1880(H) x 920(W) x 514(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - internal: 1437(H) x 855(W) x 424(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - insulation: 32mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Stainless Steel \u0026amp; Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Type: 190W | 1.5A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 125kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - Packed: 2025(H) x 975(W) x 570(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: 2 Years On-Site Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Capacity: 490\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Type: Hinged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Finish: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Function: Bar Fridge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel Type: Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 490\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 1880\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Stainless Steel \u0026amp; Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Bar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 920\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooling: Fan Assist \u0026amp; Static\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Location: Front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 8\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Reviews: 8\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: G Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand Ranking: 1000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 514\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2 °C to 8 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 400W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility: Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy Rating: C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Feet, Castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge Item: Y\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51119886827831,"sku":"PAS-GJ449-A","price":3252.34,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/gj449_upd24-2_d5295ee5-f185-4e4a-ba7f-c8f9784a69bc.jpg?v=1777492649"},{"product_id":"polar-g-series-back-bar-cooler-with-sliding-doors-198ltr-pas-gl010-a","title":"Polar G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Sliding Doors 198Ltr • PAS-GL010-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003e230W. Sliding doors. R600a\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer warranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eWith its generous internal capacity and stylish good looks, the Polar G-Series beer fridge is a fantastic solution for storing and merchandising chilled drinks in pubs, bars and hotels. With two double glazed sliding doors, the Polar is specifically designed for areas with limited back bar space. As the doors aren't hinged, less space is needed to access the fridge and as there's nothing jutting out from the fridge during access, back bar safety is improved too.Inside, the fridge includes four sturdy adjustable shelves, so you can organise your stock as you wish - all showcased perfectly with energy-saving LED lighting. And thanks to front-mounted digital controls and strong steel construction, the Polar is easy to use, highly durable and effortless to maintain.Polar G-Series bar display refrigeration is designed for everyday professional use in demanding environments. With hard-wearing components and strong commercial construction, choose G-Series if you expect to be accessing the unit frequently.Please note: model information can be found on the product database: https:\/\/eprel.ec.europa.eu\/screen\/product\/refrigeratingappliancesdirectsalesfunction. The Model Identifier can usually be found on the inside wall and on the reverse of the unit. Not suitable for use in outdoor \u0026amp; mobile environments including catering vehicles. Due to the size of this item, an additional delivery charge may apply - please check our delivery page for more information. Suitable for non-perishables only.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 sturdy adjustable shelves maximise storage capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy feet allow easy positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost maximises efficiency and performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFan assisted cooling for rapid temperature recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy efficient internal LED lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note: if the condenser coil is not cleaned at least 4 times a year, the efficiency of the appliance will decrease significantly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient temperature range: 5°C to 38°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn order to reduce food waste from decomposition or dehydration, this appliance should be operated in its designated operating range. Optimum temperature for food storage: 4°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor handles, door hinges, knobs, dials and buttons, door gaskets , peripheral trays, baskets and racks for storage, as appropriate for the appliance, will be made available to both end users and professional users for a minimum of eight years after the last unit of the model is placed on the market. A broader selection of parts will also be made available to professional users for this period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser-friendly digital temperature controls and display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble glazed self-closing sliding doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 117 x 330ml bottles and up to 60 x 330ml cans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 850(H) x 900(W) x 520(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - insulation: 40mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Painted Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Type: 230W. 1.8A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 10°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 60kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - Packed: 1050(H) x 960(W) x 570(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Capacity: 128\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Type: Sliding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Finish: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Function: Bar Fridge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel Type: Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 198\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatured Product: Special Offers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 850\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Painted Steel \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Bar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 900\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Location: Front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight Source: LED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Reviews: 7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: G Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand Ranking: 1000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 515\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2 °C to 8 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 230W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility: Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation: Undercounter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy Rating: D\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Adjustable Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51120215753015,"sku":"PAS-GL010-A","price":1188.02,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/gl003_gl010-polar-bb-chiller-r_2c9a5708-5432-477c-832c-4f70915885ca.jpg?v=1777488011"},{"product_id":"polar-g-series-back-bar-cooler-with-hinged-doors-320ltr-pas-gl014-a","title":"Polar G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Hinged Doors 320Ltr • PAS-GL014-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003e350W. Hinged doors. R600a\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer warranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eWith its huge internal capacity and stylish looks, the Polar G-Series beer fridge with hinged doors is a great solution maximising sales of chilled bottles, cans and cartons. Ideally suited to bars and pubs with limited back bar space, the fridge includes six sturdy adjustable shelves so you can organise your stock as you wish.Energy-saving LED lighting showcases the contents perfectly, whilst also helping staff access the drinks quickly - essential in any busy service. And thanks to the double glazed doors, overall energy efficiency is improved, further reducing running costs. Easy to use, clean and maintain.Polar G-Series bar display refrigeration is designed for everyday professional use in demanding environments. With hard-wearing components and strong commercial construction, choose G-Series if you expect to be accessing the unit frequently. Polar G-Series reliably keeps temperature in conditions up to 32°C.Please note: model information can be found on the product database: https:\/\/eprel.ec.europa.eu\/screen\/product\/refrigeratingappliancesdirectsalesfunction. The Model Identifier can usually be found on the inside wall and on the reverse of the unit. Not suitable for use in outdoor \u0026amp; mobile environments including catering vehicles. Due to the size of this item, an additional delivery charge may apply - please check our delivery page for more information. Suitable for non-perishables only.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 sturdy adjustable shelves to maximise storage capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy feet allow easy positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime-saving auto defrost ensures maintains efficiency and performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFan assisted cooling for rapid temperature recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy efficient internal LED lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note: if the condenser coil is not cleaned at least 4 times a year, the efficiency of the appliance will decrease significantly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient temperature range: 5°C to 38°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn order to reduce food waste from decomposition or dehydration, this appliance should be operated in its designated operating range. Optimum temperature for food storage: 4°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor handles, door hinges, knobs, dials and buttons, door gaskets , peripheral trays, baskets and racks for storage, as appropriate for the appliance, will be made available to both end users and professional users for a minimum of eight years after the last unit of the model is placed on the market. A broader selection of parts will also be made available to professional users for this period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser-friendly digital temperature controls and display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble glazed lockable doors for security and energy efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 180 x 330ml bottles and up to 95 x 330ml cans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 851(H) x 1350(W) x 495(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - insulation: 40mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Painted steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Type: 350W. 2.43A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 10°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 78kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - Packed: 1050(H) x 1400(W) x 570(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Capacity: 320\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Type: Hinged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Finish: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Function: Bar Fridge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel Type: Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 320\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatured Product: Special Offers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 850\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Painted Steel \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Beer Fridges\u003cmultisep\u003e\u003c\/multisep\u003eBar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 1350\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Location: Front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight Source: LED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Reviews: 9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: G Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand Ranking: 1000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 495\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2 °C to 8 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 350W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility: Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation: Undercounter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy Rating: E\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Adjustable Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51120232595767,"sku":"PAS-GL014-A","price":1436.02,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/gl004_polar-triple-bb-chill-r.jpg?v=1777498938"},{"product_id":"polar-g-series-back-bar-cooler-with-sliding-doors-320ltr-pas-gl013-a","title":"Polar G-Series Back Bar Cooler with Sliding Doors 320Ltr • PAS-GL013-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003e350W. Sliding doors. R600a\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer warranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eThe Polar G-Series sliding door back bar cooler is perfect for keeping your best sellers chilled, stylishly merchandised and easily accessible. As the doors aren't hinged, the fridge is particularly useful for sites with limited back bar space - simply slide the door to open.Designed for reliability and performance, the Polar back bar cooler provides plenty of space for your most-accessed drinks, keeping them perfectly chilled and ready to serve. Fan assisted cooling ensures the interior is kept cool, even when the doors are being opened regularly.It's easy to make your bottled and canned drinks look great in the Polar back bar cooler, as the attractive design and energy-saving LED lighting highlights your products perfectly. The built-in digital thermostat makes everyday operation effortless, whilst the solid professional design ensures it's highly reliable and easy to clean. Whether you're offering bottles, cans or cartons, the Polar back bar cooler delivers is a great choice for professional use.Polar G-Series bar display refrigeration is designed for everyday professional use in demanding environments. With hard-wearing components and strong commercial construction, choose G-Series if you expect to be accessing the unit frequently. Polar G-Series reliably keeps temperature in conditions up to 32°C.Please note: model information can be found on the product database: https:\/\/eprel.ec.europa.eu\/screen\/product\/refrigeratingappliancesdirectsalesfunction. The Model Identifier can usually be found on the inside wall and on the reverse of the unit. Not suitable for use in outdoor \u0026amp; mobile environments including catering vehicles. Due to the size of this item, an additional delivery charge may apply - please check our delivery page for more information. Suitable for non-perishables only.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 sturdy adjustable shelves maximise storage capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy feet allow easy positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost maximises efficiency and performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFan assisted cooling for rapid temperature recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy efficient internal LED lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note: if the condenser coil is not cleaned at least 4 times a year, the efficiency of the appliance will decrease significantly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient temperature range: 5°C to 38°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn order to reduce food waste from decomposition or dehydration, this appliance should be operated in its designated operating range. Optimum temperature for food storage: 4°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor handles, door hinges, knobs, dials and buttons, door gaskets , peripheral trays, baskets and racks for storage, as appropriate for the appliance, will be made available to both end users and professional users for a minimum of eight years after the last unit of the model is placed on the market. A broader selection of parts will also be made available to professional users for this period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser-friendly digital temperature controls and display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble glazed self-closing doors reduce running costs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 180 x 330ml bottles and up to 95 x 330ml cans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 850(H) x 1350(W) x 520(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - internal: 700(H) x 1270(W) x 420(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - insulation: 40mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Painted Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Type: 350W. 2.43A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 10°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 78kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - Packed: 1050(H) x 1400(W) x 570(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Capacity: 320\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Doors: 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Type: Sliding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Finish: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Function: Bar Fridge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel Type: Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity in litres: 320\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatured Product: Special Offers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 850\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Painted Steel \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Bar Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 1350\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Location: Front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight Source: LED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Reviews: 8\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: G Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand Ranking: 1000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 520\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2 °C to 8 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 350W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility: Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation: Undercounter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy Rating: E\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Adjustable Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51120225878327,"sku":"PAS-GL013-A","price":1436.02,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/gl013_mg-7433.jpg?v=1777497373"},{"product_id":"polar-g-series-countertop-prep-fridge-6x-1-4gn-pas-ab090-a","title":"Polar G-Series Countertop Prep Fridge 6x 1\/4GN • PAS-AB090-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003eDimensions: 1400mm. For Pizza \u0026amp; Salad Prep Counter G623\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer warranty: 2 Years\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eIf you're making sandwiches, burritos, pizza or tacos, the Polar countertop prep fridge is a great solution for keeping your most-used ingredients close to hand. Fitted with a handy sneeze screen, the fridge doesn't just keep ingredients cool - it helps to prevent other contaminants from falling into the quarter-size GN pans - essential for good food hygiene.Operation couldn't be easier - simply switch on and set a temperature - the Polar accurately keeps the contents at the required setting without fuss. As a handy extra, this unit can also fit neatly on top of the Polar G623 pizza prep fridge for even more prep flexibility.A prep fridge is designed to maintain ingredients at safe, consistent temperatures during active food preparation, providing quick and convenient access for short-term use. It is intended only for holding ingredients currently in use, supporting efficient workflow and high food safety standards. To ensure optimal performance and proper defrosting, the unit must be switched off once per day.Polar G-Series kitchen refrigeration is designed for everyday commercial use in demanding professional environments. With strong commercial construction and hard-working compressors, choose G-Series refrigeration if you need a long-lasting, hard-working unit which will be accessed frequently.GN pans are sold separately. Please note: Climate Class 4 refrigeration is rated for operation in ambient temperatures ranging from 16°C to 30°C. However, this product has been tested and approved for use within a wider room temperature range of 10°C to 32°C.Not suitable for use in outdoor \u0026amp; mobile environments including catering vehicles. Due to the size of this item, an additional delivery charge may apply - please check our delivery page for more information.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost maximises efficiency and performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccurate, user-friendly digital temperature controls and display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits 6x 1\/4GN pans - fast restock of ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlug Type: 1x 10amp Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for use in ambient temperatures up to 32°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFan assisted cooling ensures rapid temperature recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan fit perfectly on top of G623 - prep and chill on one flexible workstation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNoise Level (Decibels): 47\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGN trays sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSome assembly required (glass)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for use in outdoor \u0026amp; mobile environments including catering vehicles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDue to the size of this item, an additional delivery charge may apply - please check our delivery page for more information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 6x 1\/4 GN pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1400(W) x 330(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 31kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - Packed: 385(H) x 1440(W) x 375(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: 2 Years\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel Type: Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy GN Size: 1\/4 GN quarter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 435\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSplashback: No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Counter Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 1400\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Web Keywords: pizza prep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpare or Accessory: Spare\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooling: Static\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Reviews: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: G Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand Ranking: 1000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 330\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51051630100791,"sku":"PAS-AB090-A","price":1360.05,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/ab090_countertopfridge1.jpg?v=1777481105"},{"product_id":"polar-g-series-countertop-prep-fridge-with-lid-7x-1-4gn-pas-fa855-a","title":"Polar G-Series Countertop Prep Fridge with Lid 7x 1\/4GN • PAS-FA855-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003e110W. Capacity: 7x 1\/4GN. R600a\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer warranty: 2 Years\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eNeed your fresh ingredients close to hand and at the perfect temperature? Using the Polar G-Series countertop prep fridge will make a huge difference to the efficiency of your kitchen. It's designed with space to hold up to seven 1\/4GN pans beneath a hinged stainless steel lid - ideal for safely holding pizza toppings, sandwich fillings or any other chilled ingredients which you need quick access to.Operation is easy - your preferred temperature can be quickly set at the touch of a button, and the digital display makes it easy to monitor your settings. Once service is over, removing the pans and cleaning the unit is equally simple, saving precious clean-up time at the end of a shift.A prep fridge is designed to maintain ingredients at safe, consistent temperatures during active food preparation, providing quick and convenient access for short-term use. It is intended only for holding ingredients currently in use, supporting efficient workflow and high food safety standards. To ensure optimal performance and proper defrosting, the unit must be switched off once per day.Polar G-Series kitchen refrigeration is designed for everyday commercial use in demanding professional environments. With strong commercial construction and hard-working compressors, choose G-Series refrigeration if you need a long-lasting, hard-working unit which will be accessed frequently. GN pans are sold separately.Please note: Climate Class 4 refrigeration is rated for operation in ambient temperatures ranging from 16°C to 30°C. However, this product has been tested and approved for use within a wider room temperature range of 10°C to 32°C.Not suitable for use in outdoor \u0026amp; mobile environments including catering vehicles. Due to the size of this item, an additional delivery charge may apply - please check our delivery page for more information.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity for 7x 1\/4GN pans (sold separately) - access ingredients fast\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-open hinged stainless steel lid - perfect for improved hygiene when not in use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFridge height with lid fully open: 551mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePans can be removed quickly for fast and easy cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple press-and-hold button to begin a manual defrost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFilter is easy to remove and clean with a vacuum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour adjustable feet for a stable setup on any countertop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital display makes it easy to monitor operating temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-to-use controls - set temperature at the touch of a button\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for keeping pizza toppings or sandwich fillings chilled and easily accessible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for use in outdoor \u0026amp; mobile environments including catering vehicles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDue to the size of this item, an additional delivery charge may apply - please check our delivery page for more information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 274(H) x 1500(W) x 335(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 33kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: 2 Years\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel Type: Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy GN Size: 1\/4 GN quarter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 274\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSplashback: No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Display Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 1500\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Web Keywords: pizza prep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooling: Static\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Reviews: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: G Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand Ranking: 1000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2 °C to 8 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation: Countertop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 335\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 110\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51089874223415,"sku":"PAS-FA855-A","price":1360.05,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/fa855_leftclosed.jpg?v=1777501107"},{"product_id":"polar-g-series-countertop-prep-fridge-with-lid-8x-1-4gn-pas-fa856-a","title":"Polar G-Series Countertop Prep Fridge with Lid 8x 1\/4GN • PAS-FA856-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003e122W. Capacity: 8x 1\/4GN. R600a\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer warranty: 2 Years\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eNeed your fresh ingredients close to hand and at the perfect temperature? Using the Polar G-Series countertop prep fridge will make a huge difference to the efficiency of your kitchen. It's designed with space to hold up to eight 1\/4GN pans beneath a hinged stainless steel lid - ideal for safely holding pizza toppings, sandwich fillings or any other chilled ingredients which you need quick access to.Operation is easy - your preferred temperature can be quickly set at the touch of a button, and the digital display makes it easy to monitor your settings. Once service is over, removing the pans and cleaning the unit is equally simple, saving precious clean-up time at the end of a shift.A prep fridge is designed to maintain ingredients at safe, consistent temperatures during active food preparation, providing quick and convenient access for short-term use. It is intended only for holding ingredients currently in use, supporting efficient workflow and high food safety standards. To ensure optimal performance and proper defrosting, the unit must be switched off once per day.Polar G-Series kitchen refrigeration is designed for everyday commercial use in demanding professional environments. With strong commercial construction and hard-working compressors, choose G-Series refrigeration if you need a long-lasting, hard-working unit which will be accessed frequently. GN pans are sold separately.Please note: Climate Class 4 refrigeration is rated for operation in ambient temperatures ranging from 16°C to 30°C. However, this product has been tested and approved for use within a wider room temperature range of 10°C to 32°C.Not suitable for use in outdoor \u0026amp; mobile environments including catering vehicles. Due to the size of this item, an additional delivery charge may apply - please check our delivery page for more information.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity for 8x 1\/4GN pans (sold separately) - access ingredients fast\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-open hinged stainless steel lid - perfect for improved hygiene when not in use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFridge height with lid fully open: 551mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePans can be removed quickly for fast and easy cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple press-and-hold button to begin a manual defrost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFilter is easy to remove and clean with a vacuum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour adjustable feet for a stable setup on any countertop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFridge height with the lid fully open is 551mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple press-and-hold button to begin a manual defrost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for keeping pizza toppings or sandwich fillings chilled and easily accessible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-to-use controls - set temperature at the touch of a button\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital display makes it easy to monitor operating temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 274(H) x 1800(W) x 335(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 32kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: 2 Years\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel Type: Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy GN Size: 1\/4 GN quarter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 274\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSplashback: No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Display Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 1800\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Web Keywords: pizza prep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooling: Static\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Reviews: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: G Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand Ranking: 1000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2 °C to 8 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation: Countertop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 335\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 122\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51089882546487,"sku":"PAS-FA856-A","price":1451.93,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/fa856_leftangle_0687c738-7e15-4172-bd28-1e3d9cdf6dfe.jpg?v=1777503938"},{"product_id":"polar-g-series-countertop-prep-fridge-with-lid-10x-1-4gn-pas-fa857-a","title":"Polar G-Series Countertop Prep Fridge with Lid 10x 1\/4GN • PAS-FA857-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003e122W. Capacity: 10x 1\/4GN. R600a\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer warranty: 2 Years\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eThe Polar G-Series countertop prep fridge provides the unrivalled flexibility and functionality you need to keep large quantities of ingredients close to hand and perfectly chilled.With space for up to ten quarter-size gastronorm pans, the fridge has impressive capacity for all your ingredients, whether you're making pizza, wraps or sandwiches. Intuitive digital controls and strong stainless steel construction deliver effortless operation and cleaning, leaving more time for other tasks. And thanks to the handy lid, the contents can be protected from contamination during quieter hours. Whether it's being used in a takeaway, restaurant or buffet service, the Polar G-Series countertop fridge is a reliable and effective solution.A prep fridge is designed to maintain ingredients at safe, consistent temperatures during active food preparation, providing quick and convenient access for short-term use. It is intended only for holding ingredients currently in use, supporting efficient workflow and high food safety standards. To ensure optimal performance and proper defrosting, the unit must be switched off once per day.Polar G-Series kitchen refrigeration is designed for everyday commercial use in demanding professional environments. With strong commercial construction and hard-working compressors, choose G-Series refrigeration if you need a long-lasting, hard-working unit which will be accessed frequently. Please note: Climate Class 4 refrigeration is rated for operation in ambient temperatures ranging from 16°C to 30°C. However, this product has been tested and approved for use within a wider room temperature range of 10°C to 32°C.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10x 1\/4GN capacity (GN pans sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy feet ensure stability during use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy manual defrost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight with the lid open: 551mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour adjustable feet for a stable setup on any countertop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHinged stainless steel lid improves insulation and keeps ingredients safer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser-friendly digital temperature controls and display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFridge height with the lid fully open is 551mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple press-and-hold button to begin a manual defrost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean stainless steel construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser-friendly digital temperature controls and display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHinged stainless steel lid for improved hygiene\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 274(H) x 2000(W) x 335(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 39kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: 2 Years\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel Type: Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy GN Size: 1\/4 GN quarter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 274\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSplashback: No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Display Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 2000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Web Keywords: pizza prep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooling: Static\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Reviews: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: G Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand Ranking: 1000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2 °C to 8 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation: Countertop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 335\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 122\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51089895457079,"sku":"PAS-FA857-A","price":1568.09,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/fa857_leftangle.jpg?v=1777485567"},{"product_id":"polar-g-series-countertop-prep-fridge-7x-1-4gn-pas-g609-a","title":"Polar G-Series Countertop Prep Fridge 7x 1\/4GN • PAS-G609-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003e150W. Capacity: 7x 1\/4GN. R600a\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer warranty: 2 Years\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eIdeal for quick sandwich or salad preparation, the Polar G-Series countertop refrigerated servery keeps up to seven ¼-size GN pans of ingredients perfectly chilled and easily accessible. With digital controls and robust stainless steel construction, the servery is highly durable, easy to use and effortless to clean.Designed with a built-in continual evaporator, the chiller prevents water build-up in the chilled well, helping to deliver improved energy efficiency and cooling performance. And thanks to the strong glass surround, the Polar helps to promote food hygiene, whether it's positioned in the kitchen or a front of house buffet area. The clever design makes it easy to quickly swap out pans during a service, so you'll always have ingredients on hand with little fuss. A highly effective countertop chiller.A prep fridge is designed to maintain ingredients at safe, consistent temperatures during active food preparation, providing quick and convenient access for short-term use. It is intended only for holding ingredients currently in use, supporting efficient workflow and high food safety standards. To ensure optimal performance and proper defrosting, the unit must be switched off once per day.Polar G-Series kitchen refrigeration is designed for everyday commercial use in demanding professional environments. With strong commercial construction and hard-working compressors, choose G-Series refrigeration if you need a long-lasting, hard-working unit which will be accessed frequently. Please note: Climate Class 4 refrigeration is rated for operation in ambient temperatures ranging from 16°C to 30°C. However, this product has been tested and approved for use within a wider room temperature range of 10°C to 32°C.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e7x 1\/4 GN capacity (GN pans sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy feet allow easy positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy manual defrost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContinual evaporator prevents water build-up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass sneeze screen surround protects food from contaminants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContinual evaporator prevents water build-up for improved performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour adjustable feet for a stable setup on any countertop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass screen keeps contents cool \u0026amp; protected from contamination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient temperature range: 10°C to 32°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser-friendly digital temperature controls and display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSome assembly required (glass)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 7 xGN 1\/4 GN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 435(H) x 1500(W) x 330(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - insulation: 40mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: 304 stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutput: 150W. 1A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Type: 150W, 220-240V, 1A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 57kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - Packed: 385(H) x 1540(W) x 375(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: 2 Years\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Finish: Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Function: Refrigerator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel Type: Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy GN Size: 1\/4 GN quarter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 435\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSplashback: No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Display Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 1500\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Web Keywords: pizza prep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooling: Static\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Reviews: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: G Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 150W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2 °C to 8 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation: Countertop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand Ranking: 1000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 335\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51114987749687,"sku":"PAS-G609-A","price":1360.05,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/g609_display.jpg?v=1777581810"},{"product_id":"polar-g-series-countertop-prep-fridge-5x-1-3gn-1x-1-2gn-pas-gd876-a","title":"Polar G-Series Countertop Prep Fridge 5x 1\/3GN \u0026 1x 1\/2GN • PAS-GD876-A","description":"\u003csection id=\"ak_short_description\"\u003e\u003cp style=\"font-weight:bold;\"\u003e150W. Capacity: 5x 1\/3 + 1 x 1\/2GN. R600a\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer warranty: 2 Years On-Site Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_long_description\"\u003eIntroducing the Polar G-Series refrigerated servery topper - perfect for fast and convenient access to chilled ingredients such as salad, fresh herbs and cooked meats.Able to accommodate up to six gastronorm pans (5x 1\/3rd size, 1x 1\/2 size - sold separately), you can keep large quantities of ingredients to make the preparation of pizza, sandwiches or salad fast and efficient. The unit is also suitable for self-service front of house use, as the handy sneeze screen ensures customers can choose their ingredients whilst minimising the risk of contamination.Polar G-Series kitchen refrigeration is designed for everyday commercial use in demanding professional environments. With strong commercial construction and hard-working compressors, choose G-Series refrigeration if you need a long-lasting, hard-working unit which will be accessed frequently. A prep fridge is designed to maintain ingredients at safe, consistent temperatures during active food preparation, providing quick and convenient access for short-term use. It is intended only for holding ingredients currently in use, supporting efficient workflow and high food safety standards. To ensure optimal performance and proper defrosting, the unit must be switched off once per day.The Polar fridge cannot be mounted on a wall, as it requires room around it for ventilation. The unit can be mounted on a suitably-sized shelf as long as there's a 200mm distance around the vents.This prep firdge has a removable filter which is located to the rear of the fridge and can be easily removed for cleaning and maintenance. This fridge can operate effectively with no loss of performance if the glass is removed.Please note: Climate Class 4 refrigeration is rated for operation in ambient temperatures ranging from 16°C to 30°C. However, this product has been tested and approved for use within a wider room temperature range of 10°C to 32°C.\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5x 1\/3 and 1x 1\/2 GN capacity (GN pans sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy feet allow easy positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManual defrost mode\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContinual evaporator prevents water build-up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass sneeze screen surround protects food from contaminants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for use in ambient temperatures up to 32°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser-friendly digital temperature controls and display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNoise Level (Decibels): 47\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient temperature range: 10°C to 32°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-clean construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for use in outdoor \u0026amp; mobile environments including catering vehicles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSome assembly required (glass)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cul\u003eBEFORE BUYING, NOTE:\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 5 x 1\/3 GN and 1 x 1\/2 GN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 435(H) x 1500(W) x 395(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - internal: 155(H) x 1145(W) x 305(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - insulation: 40mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Stainless Steel \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish - external: Stainless steel and glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutput: 150W. 1A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Type: 230V. 150W. 1A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigerant: R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2°C to 8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 63kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions - Packed: 280(H) x 1540(W) x 435(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight - Packed: 36 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: 2 Years On-Site Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance Category: Refrigeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Finish: Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefrigeration Function: Refrigerator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel Type: Plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy Colour: Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy GN Size: 1\/3 GN third\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 435\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Material: Stainless Steel \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSplashback: No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Display Fridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 1500\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Web Keywords: pizza prep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTropical Refrigeration: No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooling: Static\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Reviews: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: G Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWattage: 150W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2 °C to 8 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation: Countertop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand Ranking: 1000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 395\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_refrigeration_warranty\"\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWarranty Disclaimers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer (and we by extension) will consider warranty void if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport upright refrigeration equipment in a non-upright orientation;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003etransport refrigeration equipment using inadequate (too-small) vehicles or in an insecure manner;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse refrigeration equipment outside of the prescribed ambient temperature range or in an environment that is not strictly indoors (fully enclosed against the elements);\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to allow at least a 20cm margin of vacant space around the unit when in use;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edeploy your refrigeration equipment in a mobile stall;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eoverload your fridge\/freezer with produce;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efail to stand the equipment for at least 24hrs before use, to allow gases to settle; or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003euse any equipment for a purpose other than its intended one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some circumstances, the warehouse may refuse to release goods unless a warranty waiver is signed if you are perceived to be in violation of warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn-transit Damage Claims\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe buyer or their authorised representatives must notify the store of any transit-related damage in a timely manner, meaning ideally on the same day as delivery, or next morning for late-afternoon deliveries. Delayed claims of in-transit damage may not be accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003csection id=\"ak_delivery_faqs\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 1.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery inside my premise?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo, delivery of bulky equipment is by drop-off to kerbside.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 2.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling upgrade?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePossible by request but may cost several hundred dollars.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 3.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld equipment disposal?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot currently offered.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 4.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourier scheduling?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScheduled to the day but not to the hour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCall on approach?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo obligation for real-time calls.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 6.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePickup?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable from Campbelltown NSW warehouse with lead time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 7.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivery timeframe?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 3-7 business days to major cities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 8.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeekend delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 9.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResidential delivery?\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFAQ 10.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther considerations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheck doorway clearance and stair access.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Polar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51115654381879,"sku":"PAS-GD876-A","price":1451.93,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/files\/gd876_tropicalrated.jpg?v=1777478785"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0805\/8352\/4663\/collections\/pw-rt_380_tge.png?v=1706465619","url":"https:\/\/artiokitchenware.com.au\/collections\/display-refrigeration.oembed?page=4","provider":"Artio Kitchenware","version":"1.0","type":"link"}